Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Discovering
Albanian 1
TEXTBOOK
3 Henrietta Street
London WC2E 8LU, England
eurospanbookstore.com
Copyright 2011
The Board of Regents of the University of Wisconsin System
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted, in any format or by any means, digital, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or
otherwise, or conveyed via the Internet or a Web site without written permission of the University
of Wisconsin Press, except in the case of brief quotations embedded in critical articles and reviews.
5 4 3 2 1
Mniku, Linda.
Discovering Albanian I textbook / Linda Mniku and Hctor Campos.
p. cm.
ISBN 0-299-25084-3 (pbk. : alk. paper) ISBN 0-299-25083-6 (e-book)
1. Albanian languageTextbooks for foreign speakersEnglish. I. Campos, Hctor. II. Title.
PG9527.5.E5M46 2011
491.99182421dc23
2011021822
CONTENTS
Preface xi
Acknowledgments xv
Introduction 3
The Albanian Alphabet 3
The Pronunciation of Albanian Letters 3
The Alphabet and Some Common Albanian Names 4
Msimi 2: Nga jeni? gjuh flisni? (Where are you from? What language do
you speak?) 17
6 The six classes of verbs and the verb flas to speak in the present indicative 18
7 Countries, nationalities, and languages 21
8 Basic cases in Albanian; nga from to express origin and the nominative
definite form of countries 21
9 Addressing someone by name 23
10 The numbers from 13 to 99 27
11 Telling time (part 2) 28
v
Msimi 4: far profesioni keni? (What is your profession? lit., What profession
do you have?) 45
20 Masculine, feminine, singular, and plural professions and nationalities 47
21 The demonstrative forms 48
22 The days of the week and other time expressions 49
23 The irregular verbs jap to give, dua to want, and them to say 55
24 Inviting someone: a plus the present indicative 55
25 N or? N far ore? (What time?) 55
26 The numbers from 1 000 to 10 000 56
vi Contents
Msimi 9: Shtpi dhe hotel (House and hotel) 133
53 Accusative singular nouns 135
54 Accusative plural nouns 137
55 Prepositions and the accusative case 137
56 The demonstrative forms in the accusative case 138
57 The interrogative pronouns kush who and cili which 139
58 Class 2 adjectives: the linking article with accusative definite nouns 144
59 Class 2 adjectives: the linking article with accusative indefinite nouns 146
60 Ordinal numbers 147
61 Class 3 and 4 verbs 148
Contents vii
Msimi 14: Kinema, imejl dhe internet (Movies, e-mail, and the Internet) 223
86 The simple past indicative of class 6 verbs 224
87 Possessive adjectives: nominative forms 229
88 Possessive adjectives: accusative forms 230
Appendix 4: The interrogative and relative pronouns cili which and kush who 309
viii Contents
Appendix 8: Present and imperfect verb forms 315
Contents ix
PREFACE
About seven million people speak Albanian as their native language. It is the official language of
Albania and Kosovo as well as of some municipalities in Macedonia and Montenegro.1 It is also the
first language for numerous minorities in other Balkan countries such as Greece, Serbia, and Bul-
garia, even though some of these countries may not officially recognize these minorities as such.
It is also spoken natively by different communities in southeastern Italy, all the way from Abruzzi
to the island of Sicily. There is also a diaspora of Albanian speakers in the United States, Canada,
Australia, New Zealand, Turkey, Germany, Russia, and Ukraine, among other countries.
In Albanian the language is called shqip [cip], but until the fifteenth century it was known
as Arbrisht or Arbnisht, which is still the name given to the dialects spoken in Italy. Already in
the second century A.D., Ptolemy, the Alexandrian astronomer, geographer, and mathematician,
used the name Albanoi to refer to an Illyrian tribe that lived in what is now central Albania. Mod-
ern Greeks refer to the variety of Albanian spoken in Greece as Arvanitika. Albanian belongs to
the Indo-European family, where it forms a branch of its own. Although there is no agreement as
to its origin, most scholars would claim today that it is a descendant of the Illyrian language. How-
ever, another group of scholars would support the claim that it is a descendant of Thracian, while
yet others would argue that it is related to Dacian.
Albanian is a Balkan language, together with Greek, Romanian, Aromanian, Serbian, Croa-
tian, Bulgarian, and Macedonian, among others.2 Albanian exhibits many of the Balkan Sprach-
bund properties,3 among them enclitic definite articles (where the definite article follows, rather
than precedes, the noun) (Lesson 5), object reduplication (where the direct and the indirect objects
may co- occur with the corresponding object clitic pronoun) (Lessons 11 and 13), dative and geni-
tive merged into one case (Lessons 10 and 11), loss of the infinitive (Lesson 8), infinitive clauses
replaced by a subjunctive clause (Lesson 8), future tense originating from the equivalent of the verb
to want (Lesson 8), conditional formed with a future marker followed by an imperfect (Lesson
16), evidentials (see volume 2), and so on.
Albanian has a literary tradition that goes back to the Middle Ages. Father Brocardus, a Do-
minican friar, observed in a leaflet published in 1332 that the Albanians have a language quite
1. The name Kosovo is feminine in Albanian, so a better name in English might have been Kosova rather than
Kosovo.
2. For a recent discussion of the Balkan Sprachbund properties, see Olga Mieska Tomi, Balkan Sprachbund
Morpho-syntactic Features (Dordrecht: Springer, 2006).
3. Sprachbund is a group of languages that share linguistic features because of geographical proximity or because
of language contact. It must be noted that while Romanian and Aromanian are Romance languages, Serbian, Croatian,
Bulgarian, and Macedonian are Slavic languages.
xi
other than the Latins and that they use the Latin letters in all their books.4 Unfortunately, the
first written record only dates from 1462 and is a fragmentary document published by Pal Engjlli
(Paulus Angelus), archbishop of Durrs. The first book in Albanian, the Meshari (Missal), was writ-
ten by Dom Gjon Buzuku in 1555 and is a compendium of church rituals. The first known Latin
Albanian dictionary, Dictionarium latinoepiroticum, was published in 1635 by Frang Bardhi. Re-
garding the study of Albanian grammar, Newmark, Hubbard, and Prifti have observed that the
study of Albanian grammar has a tradition of 350 years and includes the work by Bardhi (1606
43), Bogdani (16001685), and Katalanos (163794), among others.5
Albanian is divided into two major dialects: Gheg, spoken north of the river Shkumbini, and
Tosk, spoken south of it. The differences between these two dialects are mainly phonological,
though some morphological, syntactic, and lexical differences are also evident. Typical charac-
teristics of Gheg are distinctive vowel length and nasal vowels. Gheg speakers preserve n, while
Tosk speakers have replaced n with r. Tosk speakers use diphthongs, while Gheg speakers have
preserved the original monophthongs. There are a few morphological and syntactic differences
between the two dialects as well. Gheg has a form equivalent to the infinitive using the preposition
me + past participle, while Tosk uses the preposition pr in a similar construction. The imperfect in
Gheg is formed with the endings -sha and -she, while in Tosk it is formed with -nja and -nje. Tosk
has borrowed many words from Greek, while Gheg has borrowed more extensively from Turkish
and Slavic. The Albanian spoken in Italy and Greece suggests a Tosk origin, while that spoken in
Serbia, Macedonia, and Kosovo reflects a Gheg origin.
The current conventions of using the Latin alphabet as well as a near phonetic system of writ-
ing were agreed upon in 1908, when a group of influential scholars met at the Congress of Manas-
tir (now Bitola, in Macedonia). In 191617 the Literary Commission of Shkodr, Albania, ratified
the necessity that the orthography should be as phonetic as possible and proposed that a national
literary language be adopted. This literary language was to preserve the literary elements that all
the dialects had in common while discarding at the same time the more stigmatized regional forms.
The commissions proposal was that the dialect of Elbasan (a southern Gheg dialect and perhaps
the closest to Tosk) be adopted. This proposal was adopted by the Educational Congress of Lush-
nje in 1920. However, the commissions efforts to create a unified orthography and a unified stan-
dard language did not succeed.
When the Communists took power in 1944, there was no standard form of the language that
Albanians from all the regions would accept. However, over time, Tosk (the southern dialect)
started to dominate and permeate writings in the political as well as in the cultural arena. In 1968,
and in spite of the fact that they spoke the Gheg variety, members of the Konsulta Gjuhsore e
Prishtins (Linguistic Conference of Prishtina), which took place in Kosovo (then in the former
Yugoslavia), officially adopted the Standard Albanian in use in Albania as their literary language
as well.
In November 1972 the Kongresi i Drejtshkrimit t Gjuhs Shqipe (Congress of Albanian Or-
thography) took place in Tirana. In 1976, and under the auspices of the Academy of Science and the
Institute of Language and Literature of the University of Tirana, the Fjalori drejtshkrimor i gjuhs
4. In L. Newmark, P. Hubbard, and O. Prifti, Standard Albanian: A Reference Grammar for Students (Stanford,
Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1982), 3.
5. Ibid.
xii Preface
shqipe (Dictionary of Albanian Orthography) was published. This dictionary established the stan-
dard form and regulated the morphological and syntactic use of these words as well.
It must be pointed out that the Tosk elements prevail in Standard Albanian, although, in prin-
ciple, Standard Albanian is neither Tosk nor Gheg but a mixture of the two dialects.
This textbook is an introduction to Standard Albanian, although reference will be made to the Gheg
and Tosk dialects when the dialectal forms differ drastically from the standard form. This textbook
is accompanied by a CD that contains all the dialogues and readings. It is also accompanied by a
workbook, Discovering Albanian 1 Workbook, in which additional grammar and vocabulary ex-
ercises can be found. This material is intended to be covered in sixty to eighty hours. We hope to
supplement this textbook and workbook with two additional volumes, one dedicated to intermedi-
ate students and another dedicated to advanced students.
This first volume, entitled Discovering Albanian 1 Textbook, consists of eighteen lessons, in-
cluding three review lessons.6 Each lesson is centered on a communicative topic that the learner is
likely to encounter if he or she travels to an Albanian- speaking country or community. These topics
teach the basic functions and vocabulary necessary to achieve a level A2/B1 in the scale provided
by the Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR).7
Each lesson has more or less the following structure:8
The dialogues are intended to introduce the grammatical structures as well as the vocabulary
to be treated in each lesson. Brief grammatical explanations follow the introductory dialogue(s).
Full translations have been provided for all the examples discussed in the grammar sections so that
this book can also serve as a descriptive grammar of Standard Albanian for someone who does not
wish to learn the language per se. Technical linguistic terms have been kept to a minimum, and
where their introduction has been unavoidable, they have been duly explained. We follow both an
inductive as well as a deductive method of introducing the grammar: sometimes the student is given
the rule, other times he or she is asked and guided to discover the rule. There is a constant review
of the structures. An ample cross- reference system throughout the text allows the student to com-
pare and expand structures.
Exercises follow the grammar explanations. These exercises are divided into two categories.
First, there are exercises that test the students comprehension of the introductory dialogues. In
these exercises the student is asked to recognize and mimic the structures and the vocabulary being
6. This volume basically concentrates on the internal structure of the noun phrase, the system of case, and the most
basic tenses and moods needed for communication: the present indicative, the present subjunctive, the imperative, the
simple past, the imperfect indicative, and the imperfect subjunctive. Volume 2 will expand some of these issues in more
depth and will finish the description of the complex verbal system of Albanian.
7. See http://www.coe.int/T/DG4/Linguistic/Source/Framework_EN.pdf.
8. Some lessons may contain an extra reading instead of a dialogue. The format for the grammar and exercises,
however, remains the same.
Preface xiii
taught while answering questions about the dialogues and readings. Second, there are exercises that
allow the student to actively practice and generate the different grammatical points and vocabulary
items. These exercises are carefully graded, starting with mechanical exercises and ending with
more generative and productive exercises at the end of each section. Additional exercises to prac-
tice and master the structures can be found in the accompanying workbook. The vocabulary from
previous lessons is also systematically reviewed in later lessons. An appendix with solutions to the
more mechanical exercises is provided at the end of both the textbook and the workbook.
All chapters end with a reading related to the topic under discussion. The reading is followed
by comprehension exercises in which the grammar that has been introduced in the lesson is actively
practiced. From Lesson 6 on, a crossword puzzle closes each lesson in the workbook. Students are
highly encouraged to try solving these crosswords (solutions are given in the workbook), which
include the active grammar and vocabulary from the current and previous lessons. Most lessons in
the textbook end with a cultural note that discusses issues raised in the lesson as they relate to
Albania or Kosovo. These cultural notes also discuss some basic differences between Standard
Albanian and the northern and southern dialects.
The textbook includes appendixes with charts of the most important constructions or forms
presented in this volume. There is also an appendix with the answers to selected exercises and a
grammatical index. The book ends with a vocabulary list of the words and expressions used in this
book. For reasons of space, we have not included an EnglishAlbanian lexicon. For a bidirectional
AlbanianEnglish, EnglishAlbanian dictionary, we refer the student to Ramazan Hysas Alban-
ian, Standard Dictionary (Hippocrene Books, 2003). For a very good EnglishAlbanian dictionary,
we recommend Pavli Qeskus Fjalor Anglisht Shqip (Botime EDFA, 2007), and for Albanian
English, Leonard Newmarks AlbanianEnglish Dictionary (Oxford University Press, 1999). There
are also some good sources online that you can access to help you with your translation exercises,
both from English to Albanian and from Albanian to English: translate.google.com and www
.argjiro.net/fjalor. For an excellent reference book for verb forms, we recommend Rozeta Stefanllari
and Bruce Hintzs 541 Albanian Verbs (BookSurge, 2008).
xiv Preface
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
These materials were tested at Arizona State Universitys Critical Languages Institute (CLI) dur-
ing the summers of 2008, 2009, and 2010 as well as at the University of Tirana during the Faculty
of History and Philologys Albanian summer course. We would like to thank CLIs director, Dr.
Steven Batalden, for letting us test these materials and for his continuing support for the Albanian
language (along with many other less- studied languages) at CLI. We would also like to thank the
students who participated in those classes and helped us make these two books more user- friendly.
Special thanks to Yujun Mei for her thorough comments and suggestions on a previous version
of this work. We are grateful to Lori Amy, Michael Kosse, Cynthia Lujan-Jenkins, Kimberly
Kalaja, Jonathan Deaton, Tyson Sadler, Loren Paschke, Michael Mcintyre, Marco Purpura, Zach-
ary Yentzer, and Kay K. New Win as well as to Ellen Johnson, Robert Laws, Charles Nagle, and
Ariel Zachman from Georgetown University, all of whom helped with different aspects of the pro-
duction of these volumes. We are deeply grateful to Violeta Librazhdi and Danko Sipka for their
professional comments, suggestions, and support.
Finally, our gratitude to Gwen Walker, all the production staff at the University of Wisconsin
Press, and two anonymous reviewers for their encouragement and constructive suggestions to im-
prove our presentation. The mistakes in the text remain, of course, only ours.
xv
Discovering Albanian 1 Textbook
Albania
Kosovo
INTRODUCTION
A B C D Dh E F G Gj H
a b c d dh e f g gj h
I J K L Ll M N Nj O P Q R
i j k l ll m n nj o p q r
Rr S Sh T Th U V X Xh Y Z Zh
rr s sh t th u v x xh y z zh
Vowels
Letter Pronunciation Approximate English Equivalent
a [a] father
e [e] pest
[] around; not pronounced at the end of a word
i [i] elite
o [o] more
u [u] roof
y [] vacuum, French tu
Consonants
Letter Read As Pronunciation English Equivalent
b b [b] boy
c c [ts] pants
[] child
d d [d] day
dh dh [] they
f f [f] fine
g g [g] go
gj gj [] gene1
h h [h] hot
j j [y] yacht
k k [k] scooter
l l [l] light
ll ll [] bull
m m [m] many
1. Pronounce like the g in gene, but with the tongue retracted toward the palate.
3
n n [n] nothing
nj nj [] canyon
p p [p] spot
q q [] chin2
r r [, r] city (when pronounced as
a flap; Spanish pero)
rr rr [] Spanish perro
s s [s] sun
sh sh [] show
t t [t] stop
th th [] thought
v v [v] vow
x x [] ads
xh xh [] jar
z z [z] zone
zh zh [] vision
Females Males
A Albana Arbr
B Bora Bledi
C Cuca Cemtar
iljeta lirim
D Donika Dardan
Dh Dhurata Dhurim
E Era Ermal
ngjllushe ngjll
F Fatbardha Fisnik
G Genta Gzim
Gj Gjenovefa3 Gjergj
H Hotiana Hekuran
I Ilira Indrit
J Jona Jetmir
K Klesta Kreshnik
L Linda Lek
Ll Llamburi Llesh
M Mimoza Mentor
N Nevila Neritan
Nj Njomza Njomzak
O Olta Oltion
P Pranvera Plarent
Q Qetim Qershina
R Rozafa Redon
2. Pronounce like the ch in chin, but with the tongue retracted toward the palate.
3. Originally not an Albanian name.
4 Discovering Albanian 1
Rr Rrezarta Rron
S Sidita Saimir
Sh Shpresa Shklzen
T Teuta Taulant
Th Thllza Thanor
U Ulpiana Urim
V Vesa Vullnet
X Xixa Xixllim
Xh Xhina4 Xhevahir5
Y Yllka Ylli
Z Zana Zamir
Zh Zhuljeta Zhani6
Introduction 5
MSIMI 1
Prezantimi dhe prshndetjet
Introductions and greetings
A.
Iliri: Mirmngjes! Un jam Iliri. Kush je ti?
Teuta: Un jam Teuta.
B.
Iliri: Mirmngjes! Un jam Iliri. Kush jeni ju?
Teuta: Un jam Teuta.
C.
Albana: Mirdita! Un quhem Albana. Si quhesh ti?
Arjani: Un quhem Arjan. Po ai, si quhet?
Adi: Ai quhet Adi.
D.
Iliri: Mirmbrma, Teuta! Si je?
Teuta: Mir, faleminderit. Po ti?
Iliri: ka.
E.
Brizi: Mirmbrma, Eanda! Si sht Trimi?
Eanda: Mir, faleminderit. Po Vesa, si sht?
Brizi: Shum mir.
6
F.
Bora: Mirmbrma, Bledi!
Bledi: Mirmbrma, Bora!
Bora: Si jan Iliri dhe Teuta?
Bledi: Iliri dhe Teuta jan shum mir. Po ju, si jeni?
Bora: Ne jemi shum mir. Po Doruntina dhe Vesa, si jan?
Bledi: Shum mir.
Bora: Mirupafshim!
Bledi: Mirupafshim, Bora!
FJALOR 1
GRAMATIK
Singular Plural
un I ne we
ti you (informal) ju you (informal)
1. Albanian does not use accent marks to indicate stress. We have bolded and written an accent mark on the
stressed syllable in all vocabulary lists so that you know where to stress the new words.
In the singular, the second- person pronoun (you) is distinguished for formality. Ti is the infor-
mal form (equivalent to the French tu), while ju is the formal form (equivalent to the French
vous). In the plural form only ju is used, and it can be either informal or formal (again, equiva-
lent to the French vous). Following tradition, we will always list ju as a plural form.
There is no equivalent pronoun for the English it. All nouns will be either masculine or femi-
nine, and the pronouns ai and ajo, respectively, can be used in place of the nouns. Remember,
however, that pronouns are used mostly for emphasis. As a general rule, avoid the pronoun, since
the verbal form clearly indicates the person.
Ato is used when referring to a group of women exclusively. Ata can refer either to an exclusive
group of men or to a mixed group of men and women.
The third- person pronouns ai, ajo, ata, and ato can also be used as demonstrative adjectives or
pronouns equivalent to English that or those (see 21). Thus, the following example is ambi-
guous:
Ata jan Agroni dhe Sokoli. They are Agroni and Sokoli.
Those are Agroni and Sokoli.
The pronoun kush who is typically used with the verb conjugated in the third- person singular
(as in English; cf. Who speaks Albanian?). Lately, however, and most often with the verb to
be, as in the examples below, it is used with the verb conjugated in the third- person plural if we
know that the answer will be more than one person:
8 Discovering Albanian 1
In Standard Albanian there is no infinitive; thus, the form of the first- person singular in the pres-
ent indicative ( jam in our example) is the form used to refer to the verb or the form found in dic-
tionaries.2
Notice that the number 3 has two forms, tre and tri. Tre is used with masculine nouns, while tri is
used with feminine nouns. To form the numbers 11 and 12, simply add -mbdhjet (lit., on ten) to
the basic unit.
Notice that when you say Ora sht dy (Its two oclock), you are literally saying The hour is two.
2. Albanian has two major dialects: the northern dialect (called Gheg) and the southern dialect (called Tosk). In
Gheg, verbs do have an infinitival form, which is the form listed in dictionaries. The infinitival form of the verb to be is
me qen()/me ken()/me kan, depending on the region.
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate subject pronoun. Remember that proper names
that end in -i are typically masculine, while proper names that end in -a are typically feminine.
USHTRIMI 1.2
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the verb jam in the present indica-
tive.
1. Un ________ Gzimi.
2. Ju _________ mir, ne ________ keq.
3. Gzimi dhe Iliri _______ shum mir.
4. Mirmngjes! Un ____ Iliri. Po ti, kush _____? Un ______ Teuta.
5. Ai _________ Arjani.
6. Iliri dhe un __________ mir.
7. Albana dhe Vesa ___________ keq.
8. Ajo dhe ai __________ shum mir.
9. Ata _____ mir.
10. Ajo _____ Albana dhe ai _____ Sokoli.
USHTRIMI 1.3
Introduce yourself to a classmate and inquire how he or she is. Do this exercise in a formal style
first and then in an informal style.
USHTRIMI 1.4
10 Discovering Albanian 1
USHTRIMI 1.5
Read these numbers as fast as possible. Read them forward and backward.
1 3 5 7 9 11 2 4 6 8 10 5 7 6 9 10 12 9 4 2 12 1 5 7 9 10 9 8 7
D.
Zonja Lira: Mirmngjes, zoti Agim! Si jeni?
Zoti Agim: Mir, faleminderit! Po ju, si jeni zonja Lira?
Zonja Lira: Shum mir. Mirupafshim, zoti Agim!
Zoti Agim: Mirupafshim!
E.
Zonja Besa: Mirdita, zoti Dritan!
Zoti Dritan: Mirdita, zonja Besa!
Zonja Besa: Si jeni me shndet?
Zoti Dritan: Mir, faleminderit. Po ju?
Zonja Besa: Mir, n prgjithsi. Ditn e mir!
Zoti Dritan: Ditn e mir!
F.
Beni: Mirmbrma! Si je Idlir?
Idliri: Jo keq. Po ti?
Beni: Mir. Natn e mir, Idlir!
Idliri: Natn e mir!
FJALOR
Declarative sentence:
Negative sentence:
Interrogative sentence:
As we can see in the examples above, a negative sentence is made by adding nuk or s in front
of the verb. There is no difference between nuk and s.
An interrogative sentence is made by inverting the subject and the verb. You can also use the in-
terrogative particle a in front of the inverted verb. There is no difference in meaning between the
two interrogative sentences above.
To answer a question, you can use po yes or jo no:
12 Discovering Albanian 1
USHTRIMI 1.6
Follow the model and answer the questions affirmatively (indicated here as +) using the formal
form ju. Remember that masculine names typically end in -i, while feminine names typically end
in -a. Practice with a classmate.
USHTRIMI 1.7
Do Ushtrimi 1.6 again, but now use the informal form ti, as in the example:
USHTRIMI 1.8
Follow the model and answer the questions negatively (indicated here as ). Practice with a class-
mate.
Follow the model and answer the questions negatively (indicated here as ). Practice with a class-
mate.
Albani dhe Arbi (), Ervini dhe Iliri (+) (A) jan ata Albani dhe Arbi?
Jo, ata nuk jan Albani dhe Arbi.
Ata jan Ervini dhe Iliri.
Lura dhe Bardha (), Ilda dhe Arlinda (+) (A) jan ato Lura dhe Bardha?
Jo, ato sjan Lura dhe Bardha.
Ato jan Ilda dhe Arlinda.
USHTRIMI 1.10
Hold miniconversations with your classmates, as in the example. Pay attention to the proper pro-
nunciation of the names.
1. 10:00, iljeta
2. 9:00, Erjon
3. 8:00, Agron
4. 12:00, Gzim
5. 6:00, Jehona
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
The most common Albanian greetings are mirmngjes good morning, mirdita good after-
noon, and mirmbrma good evening. In Shkodr (northwestern Albania) nadja e mir is also
used for good morning. In Gheg- speaking populations, mirmngjes is pronounced like mir-
mjes. In northern Albania and in Kosovo, mirmbrma is pronounced mirmrama, and in central
Albania, it is pronounced mirmroma. The word natn alone is often used for natn e mir.
Tungjatjeta (lit., May your life become longer!) used to be a common equivalent to English
hello. Nowadays this form is used only sporadically. However, its short form, tung, has be-
14 Discovering Albanian 1
Tirana (photo: Afrdita Koi)
come common for good- bye, especially in Kosovo. In Albanian- speaking populations in Ma-
cedonia, tung is also used for hello.
Another common greeting that Albanians use when they greet one another informally is kemi
(or in popular speech among young people, kena?), which is the equivalent of the English
Whats up? (lit., What do we have?). In Kosovo, ka bone? is used instead.
ao, an adaptation of the Italian ciao, is an informal farewell greeting, and it is especially popu-
lar among young people.
Another word that is used for Mr. both in Standard Albanian and in Tosk is zotri. In Gheg,
zotni is used instead.
Zonjush is the equivalent for English Miss. In Gheg, this is often pronounced zojush.3
Zonj Mrs. was used to refer to the marital status of a woman (married, single). Nowadays,
however, it is used also to address a woman who does not look young or to show respect. Zonj,
especially in Gheg- speaking populations, is often pronounced zoj.
During the Communist period zoti, zonj, and zonjush were not used. Instead, people ad-
dressed one another by using the word shok comrade (masc.) and shoqe comrade (fem.).
Nowadays these words are used to mean friend.
Albanian- speaking people usually shake hands when greeting someone or when saying good-
bye. When joining or leaving a group of people, they shake the hand of everyone present. The
3. Nowadays, a reduced form of zojushzysh is colloquially used to address female teachers: zysh Mira
Teacher Mira.
16 Discovering Albanian 1
MSIMI 2
Nga jeni? gjuh flisni?
Where are you from? What language do you speak?
1. Notice that in the title we used the form gjuh, while in the dialogue we used the form far gjuhe to mean
what language. Both constructions can be used interchangeably. As we will learn later, is used with the object case,
while far is used with the ablative case, hence the different forms gjuh and gjuhe, respectively.
17
FJALOR
In this lesson you will learn that nouns have an indefinite as well as a definite form. We will list
both forms in that order here. We will also list adjectives in their masculine and feminine singular
forms.
GRAMATIK
6 The six classes of verbs and the verb flas to speak in the present indicative
In Standard Albanian there is no infinitive. Verbs are classified according to the form that the first
person singular (un) takes. There are six classes of verbs:
In this section we will start with the verb flas, which, as we will see later, is a subtype of class 2:
Notice the three vowels that appear in this conjugation: -a- with un, ne, and ata/ato; -e- with ti
and ai/ajo; and finally -i- with ju.
In 5 you learned how to make a simple question (i.e., a question that you can answer with yes
or no) for the verb jam to be. Unlike what we observe in English, all verbs follow the same
pattern as jam in Albanian:
18 Discovering Albanian 1
Declarative sentence: Ti flet anglisht. You speak English.
Interrogative sentence: Flet ti anglisht? Do you speak English?
You can also use the interrogative particle a in front of the inverted verb:
It is also possible to make a question using the word order of a declarative sentence and raising
the voice at the end of the sentence. Thus, the following three sentences are equivalent ways of
asking a question in Albanian:
To answer negatively, use the particle jo no and have nuk or s not precede the verb (see
also 5):
Notice the position of the adverb pak a little in the following sentence:
Finally, observe that while names of countries are capitalized, as in English, names of languages
and nationalities are not:
USHTRIMI 2.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 2.1. If the sen-
tence is false, briefly explain why (in Albanian!).
USHTRIMI 2.2
Answer the following questions based on Dialogu 2.1. Dont use a subject in your answer unless
you are being asked a question with kush who.
USHTRIMI 2.3
Complete the following sentences according to Dialogu 2.1 using the following words.
20 Discovering Albanian 1
5. Drini sht nga ________________________.
6. Drini flet _____________________________.
7. Drini nuk flet _________________________.
8. Drini sht ___________________________.
9. Zonja Paola sht ______________________.
10. Zoti Pjer sht _________________________.
GRAMATIK
Paola is a feminine noun; therefore, the adjective of nationality must appear in the feminine
form. Zoti Pjer and Drini are masculine names, so the adjective of nationality must appear in the
masculine form. This phenomenon, where the noun and the adjective must bear the same gender
(masculine or feminine) as well as the same number (singular or plural), is called agreement.
To form the feminine form from a masculine adjective of nationality, simply add -e to the mas-
culine form of the adjective:2
8 Basic cases in Albanian; nga from to express origin and the nominative definite
form of countries
Albanian, unlike English, is highly inflected for case. Cases are endings added to nouns to indi-
cate or mark a particular function of that noun in a sentence. There are five cases in Albanian:
2. There are two classes of adjectives in Albanian. Class 1 is the class like adjectives of nationality. These adjec-
tives do not need any extra element to modify a noun apart from agreement in gender and number. We will study ad-
jectives that belong to Class 2 in 31. These adjectives require the presence of a linking article (typically i, e, s, or t) to
be able to modify a noun. The following examples show the two classes of adjectives in Albanian:
Class 1: Zonja Paola sht italiane. (Mrs.) Paola is Italian.
Class 2: Zonja Paola sht e smur. (Mrs.) Paola is sick.
Since the definite article follows the noun in Albanian, definite and indefinite nouns will have dif-
ferent endings in the different cases. (This may sound overwhelming, but we will study these dif-
ferent cases one by one, so there is no need to worry about them right now.)
You have already encountered the following sentences expressing country of origin:
In the previous section we observed that names of countries have two forms: Itali, Italia; Franc,
Franca; Shqipri, Shqipria. The first form is the indefinite form, while the second form is the def-
inite form. The feminine article -a is equivalent to our English the, so when you say Shqipria,
you are actually saying the Albania. Notice that the definite article in Albanian follows the noun;
thus, when you say Shqipria, you are actually saying Albania- the.
To express the country of origin we use the preposition nga from. Nga requires the definite
form of the country in the nominative case. As mentioned above, the nominative case is typically
used to express subjects, but it is also used after a couple of prepositions, including nga (see also
18). Literally, nga Italia means from the Italy. Notice also that since the definite article follows
the noun in Albanian, when you say nga Italia, you are literally saying from Italy- the.
To form the nominative definite form of a country, follow the following rules:
1. If the noun ends in -, change the - into -a:
Franc Franca
2. If the noun ends in a stressed -i, add -a:
Itali Italia
Shqipri Shqipria
3. If the noun ends in a stressed vowel, except -i, add -ja:
Kanada Kanadaja
Eritre Eritreja
4. If the noun ends in a consonant, add -i:
Brazil Brazili
Egjipt Egjipti
5. If the noun ends in a -k, -g, or -h, add -u:
Irak Iraku
Luksemburg Luksemburgu
Nagorni Karabah Nagorni Karabahu
22 Discovering Albanian 1
In general, nouns that end in a vowel are considered feminine; those that end in a consonant are
considered masculine. Thus, rules 1 through 3 apply to feminine nouns, while rule 4 applies to mas-
culine nouns.
In the first example, Agimi is the subject of the sentence. Subjects typically are expressed in the
nominative case. Notice that with proper names, the nominative definite form of the proper name
must be used when the name is used as a subject.
In the second example, we are addressing or talking to Agim. Notice that in this instance, we
have used the indefinite form of the masculine noun.3
If a masculine name ends in -i, then the -i is kept both when addressing that person and when
the name serves as a subject:
With feminine names, on the other hand, we use the definite form when we use the names as sub-
jects or as address forms:
When we use the title zoti Mr., we use the indefinite form of the name, unless the name ends in -i:
With the feminine title zonja Mrs., we also use the indefinite form of the noun, unless the femi-
nine name ends in -a:
With other titles, like doktor(esh) doctor and msues(e) teacher, we always use the definite
form of the name while we use the indefinite form of the title. Notice that in this instance there is
no difference between masculine and feminine names:
3. Vocative case is typically the case used to address someone. Traditional grammars of Albanian, however, do
not consider the vocative to be a separate case. This is due to the fact that the forms used are the same as the nominative
(definite and indefinite) forms.
4. Notice that the definite forms for Ingrid and Evis are Ingridi and Evisi, respectively. Although they are feminine
names, they are treated as masculine names because they both end in a consonant. We add -i to form the corresponding
definite form.
Make sentences as in the example. Pay close attention to the way you form the definite form of the
country and to the agreement with the adjective of nationality:
USHTRIMI 2.5
Tom (male), Amerik Tomi sht nga Amerika; (ai) sht amerikan.
Maria (female), Spanj Maria sht nga Spanja; (ajo) sht spanjolle.
USHTRIMI 2.6
Make sentences using the information given in Ushtrimi 2.5, as in the example. Remember to use
the correct form of the name, since you are talking to these people.
5. In the spoken language you can use Amerik; however, in more formal language you should use Shtetet e
Bashkuara t Ameriks (typically abbreviated as SHBA and pronounced as shba). In a more formal language, then,
this example should be Tomi sht nga Shtetet e Bashkuara t Ameriks, ai sht amerikan.
24 Discovering Albanian 1
USHTRIMI 2.7
On the next page there is a list of countries, nationalities, and languages. Make statements as in the
example:
USHTRIMI 2.8
Using the list of countries, nationalities, and languages that follows, ask questions as in the ex-
ample. Then have a classmate answer your question.
Paola: Si je Pjer?
Pjeri: Mir, faleminderit. Po ti, Paola?
Paola: Mir, n prgjithsi. Pjer, kush sht ajo?
Pjeri: Ajo sht Ava.
Paola: Prshndetje, Ava. Nga jeni ju?
Ava: Jam nga Franca. Po ju?
Paola: Jam nga Italia. A flisni ju italisht?
Ava: Jo, nuk flas italisht. Un flas frngjisht dhe pak spanjisht, kurse Pjeri flet frngjisht dhe pak
gjermanisht. Po ju, flisni frngjisht?
Paola: Flas pak. Po ti, Besa, a flet frngjisht?
Besa: Edhe un flas pak frngjisht. Por flas shum mir shqip.
Ava: Pse flet shqip mir?
Besa: Sepse jam shqiptare.
Ava: M falni! Sa sht ora tani?
Besa: Tani sht ora katr e gjysm.6
Paola: Jo, Besa. Tani ora nuk sht katr e gjysm, por katr e nj erek.7
Ava: Faleminderit! Mirupafshim!
Paola, Besa: Mirupafshim!
6. We could also say katr e tridhjet minuta four and thirty minutes.
7. We could also say katr e pesmbdhjet minuta four and fifteen minutes.
26 Discovering Albanian 1
FJALOR
GRAMATIK
11 ____________________
12 ____________________
You see that we add -mbdhjet (lit., on ten) to the basic unit to form the numbers 11 and 12. Fol-
low the same pattern for the numbers between 13 and 19.
To form units of ten, add -dhjet to the basic unit. Notice that 20 and 40 are formed on -zet,
an old measure indicating twenty units.
13 trembdhjet 30 tridhjet
14 katrmbdhjet 40 dyzet8
15 pesmbdhjet 50 pesdhjet
16 gjashtmbdhjet 60 gjashtdhjet
17 shtatmbdhjet 70 shtatdhjet
18 tetmbdhjet 80 tetdhjet
19 nntmbdhjet 90 nntdhjet
20 njzet
Use the conjunction e if you want to add units to the units of ten:
21 njzet e nj
35 tridhjet e pes
46 dyzet e gjasht
57 pesdhjet e shtat
68 gjashtdhjet e tet
79 shtatdhjet e nnt
81 tetdhjet e nj
99 nntdhjet e nnt
6:20 (Ora sht) gjasht e njzet (minuta). (Its) twenty (minutes) past six.
8:40 (Ora sht) tet e dyzet (minuta). (Its) eight forty.
10:50 (Ora sht) dhjet e pesdhjet (minuta). (Its) ten fifty.
You can, optionally, use minuta minutes after the number indicating the minutes.
USHTRIMI 2.9
Complete the following chart based on the information in Dialogu 2.2. Under nga write the coun-
try these people are from; under kombsi write their nationality (pay attention to the agreement!).
Under the different languages indicate whether they speak them (+) or not ().
USHTRIMI 2.10
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 2.2. If a state-
ment is false, briefly explain why (in Albanian!).
28 Discovering Albanian 1
USHTRIMI 2.11
10 23 35 39 48 59 67 79 88
12 20 29 30 40 42 22 96 87
25 22 40 44 65 74 89 98 76
USHTRIMI 2.12
USHTRIMI 2.13
Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb jam or flas.
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
On TV, in official meetings and activities, as well as in airline timetables, military time is used.
Thus, Ora sht trembdhjet would be the equivalent of Its one oclock in the afternoon.
With military time nj erek and e gjysm are not used. Instead, the full minutes are men-
tioned: Ora sht trembdhjet e tridhjet (minuta) Its one thirty (p.m.), or Ora sht
trembdhjet e pesmbdhjet (minuta), Its one fifteen (p.m.).
In the spoken language nj erek is often pronounced just as erek. Thus, you will hear tet e
erek instead of tet e nj erek for a quarter after eight.
In Kosovo time is told differently. Instead of using Sa sht ora?, Kosovars say Sa asht sahati?9
Also, pesmbdhjet fifteen is used instead of nj erek. Thus, instead of saying Ora sht
pes e nj erek, they would say Ora sht pes e pesmbdhjet.
In Kosovo, to say the minutes lacking before the hour Kosovars use edhe (minutes) n (hour).
Thus, instead of saying dy pa pes for five (minutes) to two, they say edhe pes n dy.
It may seem strange that Albanians use zoti Mr. and zonja Mrs. followed by the first name
(see 9). This may be due to the fact that during the Communist government, people addressed
each other with the appellative shoku comrade, which was followed by the first name. When
shoku was replaced by zoti, it continued to be used with the first name. The use of the last name
after zoti or zonja is considered more formal.
30 Discovering Albanian 1
MSIMI 3
Ku banoni?
Where do you live?
31
FJALOR
GRAMATIK
un punj ne punjm
ti punn ju punni
ai, ajo punn ata, ato punjn
Notice that the forms for both ne and ata/ato keep the -j that the first- person singular (un) also
bears.
1. Remember that accent marks are not used in Albanian. We have added accents to the model conjugation so that
you know where to put the correct stress.
32 Discovering Albanian 1
The verb bj to do follows the same pattern:
un bj ne bjm
ti bn ju bni
ai, ajo bn ata, ato bjn
Bj is used in interrogative structures: far bni? bni? What do you do? What are you
doing?
All verbs that end in -oj, -j, -ij, -yej, -uaj, -aj, and so on follow the same pattern.
banoj to live
bj to do
msoj to learn
punoj to work
13 The particle po
So far you have encountered two different uses of po.
We also use the particle po followed by a verb in the present indicative to express an action or
condition that is taking place at the moment. Notice that to make a negative sentence, nuk pre-
cedes po.
Msimi 3: Ku banoni? 33
14 The preposition n in, at
Consider the following sentences:
What nominative form of the noun (definite or indefinite) follows the preposition nga in these
examples?
_______________________________________________________________
In 8 we saw that nga from is followed by the nominative definite form of the country or city. N
in, at, on the other hand, is followed by the accusative indefinite form of the country or city. The
accusative indefinite form (which is the same form as the nominative indefinite form) is usually
the form listed first in our glossary and in dictionaries and is taken as the base to form the definite
form.
To answer, use vje/vjee following the age. As in the corresponding question, use vje for males
and vjee for females:
USHTRIMI 3.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F), based on Dialogu 3.1. If a state-
ment is false, briefly explain why (in Albanian!).
34 Discovering Albanian 1
6. _____ Drini punon n Tiran.
7. _____ Pjeri sht nga Parisi, por sht n Shqipri tani.
8. _____ Paola sht shqiptare.
9. _____ Paola dhe Pjeri po msojn shqip n universitet.
10. _____ Paola punon n Shqipri.
11. _____ Paola ka nj djal.
12. _____ Zoti Pjer sht beqar.
USHTRIMI 3.2
USHTRIMI 3.3
Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the country or city indicated. Remember
that nga takes the nominative definite form, while n takes the accusative indefinite form.
1. Paola sht nga _____________ (Itali). sht nga __________ (Rom). Ajo banon dhe
punon n ___________ (Rom).
2. Pjeri sht nga _________ (Franc). Banon n _____________ (Paris), por nuk sht
nga ___________ (Paris). sht nga ____________ (Lion).
Msimi 3: Ku banoni? 35
3. Drini sht nga ___________ (Shqipri). sht nga _________ (Tiran), por tani nuk po
banon n ____________ (Tiran). Ai po banon n ___________ (Sarand).
4. Un jam nga ____________ (Amerik). Jam nga _____________ (Boston), por tani po
banoj n ____________ (Shqipri). Banoj n _____________ (Kor). Burri im sht
nga ______________ (Kor).
5. Erika dhe Klausi jan nga ________________ (Austri). Ata jan nga
______________ (Vjen), por tani nuk po banojn n ______________ (Vjen). Po
banojn n _______________ (Shqipri), n ________________ (Vlor).
USHTRIMI 3.4
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the verb banoj to live in the pres-
ent indicative.
1. Un ________ n Tiran.
2. Ju _______ n Franc, kurse ne _________ n Itali.
3. Ata ________ n Egjipt.
4. Un _______ n Gjermani. Po ti?
Edhe un ________ n Gjermani
5. Ti _________ n Portugali.
6. Ema dhe un ______________ n Turqi.
7. Ata ________ n Greqi.
8. Ajo dhe ai _______ n Bullgari.
9. Ato _____ n Meksik.
10. Ajo _______ n Kosov, kurse ai _______ n Angli.
USHTRIMI 3.5
36 Discovering Albanian 1
DIALOGU 3.2: KU PO SHKON?
FJALOR
Msimi 3: Ku banoni? 37
GRAMATIK
The verb vij takes the same endings as punoj (see 12); however, notice that with the pronouns ti
and ai/ajo, the vowel of the stem changes from -i- to -je-.
Notice that the verb vij is typically used with the preposition nga from, while the verb
shkon is typically used with the preposition n at, to:
Tek or te, like nga (see 8), is followed by a nominative definite noun, and it expresses the direc-
tion to or the location at a definite place.
Tek is used when the noun that follows starts with a vowel; te is used when the noun that follows
starts with a consonant.
19 The numbers from 100 to 1 000 and the basic mathematical operations
Units of 100 are formed by adding -qind to the basic unit.
100 njqind 600 gjashtqind
200 dyqind 700 shtatqind
300 treqind 800 tetqind
400 katrqind 900 nntqind
500 pesqind 1 000 nj mij
3 tri
30 tridhjet
300 treqind
38 Discovering Albanian 1
Notice the use of e and between the hundreds and the tens and also between the tens and the units
(see also 10):
USHTRIMI 3.6
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 3.2. If a state-
ment is false, briefly explain why (in Albanian!).
USHTRIMI 3.7
Msimi 3: Ku banoni? 39
4. Sa (How many) fmij ka Sokoli?
____________________________________________________________
5. Sa vjee sht vajza e Sokolit?
____________________________________________________________
6. Sa vje sht djali i Sokolit?
____________________________________________________________
7. A shkojn ata n universitet?
____________________________________________________________
8. A ka fmij Drilona?
____________________________________________________________
9. Sa vjee sht vajza e Drilons?
____________________________________________________________
10. A shkon ajo n kopsht? Me se shkon?
____________________________________________________________
11. bn Drilona n mbrmje?
____________________________________________________________
12. bn Gzimi n mbrmje?
____________________________________________________________
USHTRIMI 3.8
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the verb or noun indicated in pa-
rentheses.
1. Sokoli _______ (vij) nga ______ (Vlor), por tani _______ (banoj) dhe _______
(punoj) n _______ (Tiran).
2. Entela_____ (vij) nga ___________ (Durrs). Edhe ajo __________ (banoj) dhe
________ (punoj) n _________ (Tiran), por ____________ (shkoj) shpesh n
Durrs. Ajo _________ (shkoj) me _______ (autobus), sepse nuk ______ (kam) makin.
3. Ne _____________ (kam) nj djal dhe nj vajz. Ata __________ (banoj)
dhe ____________ (punoj) n Tiran. Pasdite ata ____________ (lexoj) dhe
________________ (shikoj) televizor.
4. Me se __________ (shkoj) ti n pun?
(Un) ___________ (shkoj) me autobus. Po ti, ________ (shkoj) m kmb?
Jo, un __________ (shkoj) me biiklet.
5. po _______ (bj) ti tani?
Un ______________ (shkoj) n pun.
Me se _____________ (shkoj)?
______________ (shkoj) me autobus.
6. Nga ___________ (vij) ju tani?
Ne ____________ (vij) nga Sokoli. Ai _____ ( jam) n shtpi.
7. Ku po ___________ (shkoj) tani?
Po _____________ (shkoj) te Mira.
40 Discovering Albanian 1
USHTRIMI 3.9
Read the following numbers as fast as you can. Read them forward and backward.
USHTRIMI 3.10
1. Sa bjn 48 + 35?
2. Sa bjn 144 12?
3. Sa bjn 230 + 445?
4. Sa bjn 847 27?
LEXIMI 3.1
Sknderi
Sknderi sht nga Shqipria, nga Vlora, por tani banon n Tiran. Sknderi sht mjek
dhe punon n nj spital n Tiran. Kupton anglisht shum mir dhe flet lirisht. Ai po mson
edhe frngjisht. Ai kupton pak frngjisht, por flet me vshtirsi.
Sknderi sht i martuar. Gruaja e tij quhet Ema. Ajo sht msuese dhe punon n nj
shkoll n Tiran. Sknderi punon shum, sepse puna n spital fillon hert n mngjes dhe
mbaron pasdite von.
Sknderi dhe Ema kan nj vajz dhe nj djal. Vajza shkon n shkoll, kurse djali shkon
n kopsht. N mbrmje vajza mson, kurse djali luan.
FJALOR
Msimi 3: Ku banoni? 41
USHTRIMI 3.11
Indicate whether the following statements about Leximi 3.1 are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned
(NM). If a statement is false, briefly explain why (in Albanian!).
USHTRIMI 3.12
Sknder__ sht nga Shqipri_____, nga Vlor_____, por tani jeton n Tiran___. Ai
sht mjek dhe puno_____ n nj spital n Tiran__. Kupto_____ anglisht shum mir. Ai po
mso_____ edhe frngjisht. Ai kupto_____ pak frngjisht.
Ema sht msues___ dhe puno_____ n nj shkoll n Tiran. Sknder___ puno_____
shum, sepse pun_____ n spital; fillo_____ hert n mngjes dhe mbaro_____ pasdite von.
Sknderi dhe Ema ka_____ nj vajz dhe nj djal. Vajza shko_____ n shkoll.
Djal_____ shkon n kopsht. N mbrmje vajza mso_____, kurse djali lua_____.
USHTRIMI 3.13
Write five original questions about Leximi 3.1. Then have your classmates answer your questions.
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
42 Discovering Albanian 1
Vlora (photo: Albes Fusha)
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
In Gheg, the forms ik, cuc, and goc are used for girl. In Tosk, up is used.
In Gheg, the word un is used for boy. In spoken Albanian, this word might be used to refer to
a waiter in an informal way: o uni. A more formal way of calling a waiter would be to say ka-
marier.
In the spoken language, the word shtpi is reduced to shpi.
Msimi 3: Ku banoni? 43
For addition, edhe can also be used instead of the English word plus: pes edhe pes bjn
dhjet (five plus five equals ten).
Instead of the English word minus, two other forms can be used: pa: pes pa pes bjn zero;
and heqim (lit., we deduct): pes heqim pes bjn zero.
In Gheg, hekun prej (lit., deducted from) is used for subtraction: pes hekun prej dhet() ban
pes().
In Standard Albanian, the typical question for mathematical operations is Sa bjn? How much
do . . . make? In the northern and central Gheg dialect, however, Sa bajn()? is used. Southern
Gheg speakers use Sa bojn()?
In colloquial speech, far what is often pronounced like a: N a gjuhe?
44 Discovering Albanian 1
MSIMI 4
far profesioni keni?
What is your profession? (lit., What profession do you have?)
LEXIMI 4.1
Profesione
Un jam mjek dhe punoj n spital. Edhe Alma sht mjeke dhe punon n ambulanc. Ne
jemi mjek dhe punojm n Tiran. Doruntina dhe Adea jan mjeke. Doruntina, Adea dhe un
punojm ktu.
Kjo sht Elda dhe ky sht Beni. far profesioni kan ata? Beni sht inxhinier dhe
punon n fabrik. Elda sht inxhiniere dhe punon n uzin. T dy jan inxhinier dhe punojn
n Vlor. Jona dhe Adela jan inxhiniere. Edhe ato punojn bashk n Vlor.
Kta jan Pjeri dhe Ava. far kombsie dhe far profesioni kan ata? Pjeri sht fran-
cez, por tani jeton n Shqipri. sht dentist dhe punon n nj klinik n Tiran. Gruaja e tij,
Ava, sht franceze. Edhe ajo sht dentiste dhe punon n nj laborator n Tiran. Pjeri dhe
Ava jan francez dhe punojn si dentist n Tiran.
Stefania dhe Tomi jan amerikan. Jan ekonomist dhe punojn n nj bank n Boston,
n Shtetet e Bashkuara. Kto jan Elida dhe Dorina. kombsi kan ato? Ato jan shqiptare.
profesion kan? Jan ekonomiste dhe punojn n nj firm n Durrs.
Johani dhe Elena vijn nga Gjermania. Jan burr e grua. Jan gjerman, por tani jeto-
jn n Shqipri. Elena sht msuese n nj shkoll n Kor. Ajo punon t hnn, t mar-
tn, t mrkurn, t enjten dhe t premten. T shtunn nuk punon. T shtunn pushon. Burri i
saj, Johani nuk sht msues. Ai sht avokat. Nuk punon n Kor. Ai punon n Tiran, por
shkon n Kor do fundjav.
Bledi dhe Bora jan nga Kosova. Ata jan kosovar. Jan aktor n Prishtin. Bledi dhe
Bora punojn n teatr. Ata punojn vetm t premten, t shtunn dhe t dieln.
45
FJALOR
From now on, nouns will be given in their singular indefinite, singular definite, and plural indefinite
forms. Adjectives will be listed with their masculine and feminine forms. The new vocabulary that
is introduced in the exercises is presented in the vocabulary list preceding the exercises.1
1. A slash (/) separates the stem from its ending. A dash (-) followed by a vowel indicates that you must add that
vowel to the stem to form the appropriate definite or plural form of the noun. Where a dash appears by itself, you must
use the original stem with the original vowel to obtain that particular form.
46 Discovering Albanian 1
pastres, -i, - cleaning person shkrimtr, -i, - writer
pastrj to clean shkraj to write
piktr, -i, - painter shofr, -i, - driver
e prmt/e, -ja Friday shpjegj to explain
t prmten on Friday shpjegj msmin to explain the lesson
Prishtn/, -a Prishtina shqiptr, -i, - Albanian (nationality)
punj si to work as e shtn/, -a Saturday
pushj to rest t shtnn on Saturday
raportj to report tet/r, -ri, -ro theater
romn,- i, -e novel t d both of them
sekretr, -i, - secretary udhtj to travel
si as, how uzn/, -a, -a plant
spitl, -i, -e hospital valltr, -i, - dancer
shts, -i, - seller vallzj to dance
shkoj to go
GRAMATIK
Un jam mjek dhe punoj n spital. Edhe Alma sht mjeke dhe punon n ambulanc.
Ne jemi mjek dhe punojm n Tiran. Doruntina dhe Adea jan mjeke. Doruntina, Adea
dhe un punojm ktu.
Do you see a pattern? Write the different forms for mjek doctor below:
If we take the masculine singular form mjek as the base, how do we form the feminine singular, the
masculine plural, and the feminine plural forms?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
* Notice that the plural of msues teacher is msues. In general, masculine nouns that end in -es
(msues teacher), -as (maqedonas Macedonian), -s (shits seller), or -yes (prkthyes trans-
lator) have the same form in the singular and in the plural.
The same rules apply to the nationalities we learned in 7. Here are the nationalities that appeared
in Leximi 4.1:
Use the feminine plural form to refer to a group whose members are only women. Even if there
are twenty women and one man, you should use the masculine plural form to refer to the group. A
similar rule was observed for the use of ata/ato they (see 1).
Ky sht Beni dhe kjo sht Elda. This is Beni and this is Elda.
Kta jan Pjeri dhe Ava. These are Pjer and Ava.
Kto jan Elida dhe Dorina. These are Elida and Dorina.
In these examples, demonstratives are used as pronouns. They can also be used as demonstrative
adjectives, in which case they precede the noun:
The demonstrative pronouns and the demonstrative adjectives are exactly the same. The forms in
the examples express closeness to the speaker. If you want to express distance from the speaker,
use the same forms that you used for the third- person pronouns (see 1):
48 Discovering Albanian 1
As with the forms of ky, these forms can also be used as demonstrative adjectives:
Notice that in Albanian, as in English, the demonstrative adjective typically precedes the noun,
which appears in its indefinite form.
Doruntina, Adea dhe un punojm ktu. Doruntina, Adea, and I work here.
Jemi nga Franca, por nuk ne banojm atje. We are from France, but we dont live there.
The days of the week are all preceded by e. This e is a linking article, which typically appears with
many adjectives as well as with a few nouns (for the use of linking articles, see Msimi 5 and 9).
This e used with the days of the week is believed to originate as a possessive linking article from
the phrase dita e hns (lit., the day of the moon), from which the word dita the day was later
omitted. The days of the week are not capitalized in Albanian.
sot today
nesr tomorrow
pasnesr day after tomorrow
pardje day before yesterday
dje yesterday
To say on Monday or on Tuesday, you dont need a preposition as you do in English. Just use
the linking article t rather than e and then add an -n to the name of the day:2
2. As we will see later in Msimi 7, these forms are the accusative definite forms.
We saw in 8 that nga from requires the definite form of the noun in the subject, or nominative,
case. If you want to say from Monday . . . you will need the nominative definite forms of the days
of the week. These are:
e hna Monday e premtja Friday
e marta Tuesday e shtuna Saturday
e mrkura Wednesday e diela Sunday
e enjtja Thursday
The days of the week are feminine in Albanian. To make the definite form of the day, change the
- to -a if the day ends in -, or change the -e to -ja if the day ends in -e.
To express until, we use the preposition deri, which takes the definite form of the day in the ac-
cusative case, the same form you use to say on Monday, on Tuesday, and so on:
USHTRIMI 4.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Leximi 4.1. If a state-
ment is false, briefly explain why (in Albanian!).
50 Discovering Albanian 1
7.____ Johani sht n Tiran do fundjav.
8. ____ Bledi dhe Bora jan bullgar.
9. ____ Bledi sht aktor dhe punon n teatr.
10. ____ Bora punon pes dit n jav.
USHTRIMI 4.2
USHTRIMI 4.3
Make statements in the singular and in the plural as in the examples. Make all the necessary changes
to the professions and nationalities.
USHTRIMI 4.4
Ask four questions for each of your sentences above. Have different classmates answer your
questions.
USHTRIMI 4.5
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate day of the week. Be careful with the correct
form of the linking article required by the day of the week in the different constructions.
1. Sot sht e diel, nesr sht _____________ dhe dje ishte (was) ________.
2. Sot sht e mrkur, nesr sht _____________ dhe pasnesr sht _____________.
Dje ishte ____________ dhe pardje ishte ____________.
3. Dje ishte e hn, sot sht ________________ dhe nesr sht _____________.
Pardje ishte ___________.
4. Nesr sht e shtun, pasnesr sht _____________. Dje ishte ___________ dhe
pardje ishte ___________.
USHTRIMI 4.6
far bni ju? For each of the examples below, ask questions as in the example. Then answer the
questions.
(kngtar/kndoj/e shtun)
pun bni ju? Jam kngtare.
Kur kndoni ju? Kndoj t shtunn.
1. (valltar/vallzoj/do fundjav)
pun bjn ata?
2. (futbollist/luaj futboll/e diel)
pun bn ti?
3. (pastruese/pastroj/do dit)
pun bn ajo?
52 Discovering Albanian 1
4. (shkrimtar/shkruaj romane/e hn dhe e mrkur)
far profesioni ka ai?
5. (msues/shpjegoj/e hn, e mart, e mrkur, e enjte, e premte, nga . . . deri)
profesion ka zonja Dodona?
6. (gazetare/raportoj nj aksident/tani)
po bn kjo gazetare?
7. (kuzhinier/gatuaj/e shtun dhe e diel)
pun bn zoti Pjer?
FJALOR
54 Discovering Albanian 1
GRAMATIK
23 The irregular verbs jap to give, dua to want, and them to say
Notice the different vowels in the different persons. Irregular verbs belong to class 5 (see 6).
To invite someone to do something with you, use the present indicative of the verb in the ne (we)
form preceded by the interrogative particle a:
3. Notice that we use the form or following and ore following far. Or is the nominative indefinite form,
while ore is the ablative indefinite form. As we will see later (92), far requires an ablative form.
Punoj nga ora nnt deri n orn pes. I work from nine to five.
USHTRIMI 4.7
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). If a statement is false, briefly
explain why (in Albanian!).
56 Discovering Albanian 1
USHTRIMI 4.8
USHTRIMI 4.9
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the verb in parentheses.
Agroni
Agroni sht shqiptaro- amerikan dhe jeton n Amerik, n ikago. Babai i tij sht shqip-
tar, kurse nna e tij sht amerikane. Agroni sht 20 vje dhe studion n universitet. N shtpi
nuk flasin shqip, sepse nna e tij nuk flet asnj fjal shqip. Megjithat, tani Agroni po studion
shqip n universitet. Gjuha shqipe sht pak e vshtir, prandaj ai studion disa or do dit.
Agroni jeton n nj konvikt. Megjithse atje ka disa shok shqiptar, nuk flet shqip me ata, sepse
ai flet shqip me vshtirsi. do dit shkon n universitet. N mbrmje shkon n bibliotek. Atje
lexon dhe mson. T shtunn shkon n kinema ose n diskotek.
Agroni ka nj vlla dhe nj motr. Vllai i tij, Bledi, sht i vogl. Ai sht nxns dhe
shkon n shkoll nga e hna deri t premten. T shtunn luan futboll.4 Motra e tij, Bora, sht
sekretare dhe punon pr nj firm italiane. Ajo sht e martuar. Burri i saj sht avokat. Ai jep
edhe msim n universitet. Ata nuk kan fmij.
FJALOR
4. Nxns pupil, student is used for students in elementary school (grades 18) and secondary school (grades
912), while student student is used for students at the university level.
58 Discovering Albanian 1
USHTRIMI 4.10
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM). Where
they are false or not mentioned, briefly explain why (in Albanian!). You can say Nuk e dim sepse
nuk sht n tekst, We dont know. It is not in the text.
USHTRIMI 4.11
USHTRIMI 4.12
Read out loud or write out the following years. These are important dates in Albanian history.
1443: Gjergj Kastrioti, known as Skanderbeg, the national hero of Albania, declares war against
the Ottoman Empire.
1468: Skanderbeg dies.
1822: Ali Pasha of Tepelen is assassinated by the Ottomans for promoting an independent state.
1908: Albanian intellectuals in Bitola (Manastir) choose the Latin alphabet rather than Arabic or
Cyrillic as standard script.
1912: Delegates in Vlor declare Albania independent and establish an independent government.
1913: The great powers recognize Albania as an independent state ruled by a constitutional mon-
archy.
1914: Prince Wilhelm zu Wied, a German army captain, is installed as head of the new Albanian
state, but the state collapses soon after the beginning of World War I.
1920: Albania is admitted to the League of Nations as an independent state.
1922: The patriarch in Constantinople recognizes the Autocephalous Albanian Orthodox Church.
1924: Ahmet Zogus party wins elections for the National Assembly. Ahmet Zogu steps down
after a financial scandal and an assassination attempt. In December 1924 he returns to
power and tries to smother the parliamentary democracy.
1928: Ahmet Zogu pressures the National Assembly to dissolve itself; a new assembly declares
Albania a kingdom, and he becomes Zogu I, king of the Albanians.
1939: Mussolinis troops invade Albania. The National Assembly votes to unite the country with
Italy. King Zogu flees to Greece. Italys king, Emmanuel III, assumes the Albanian crown.
1941: The Albanian Communist Party is created. Enver Hoxha becomes first secretary.
1943: German forces invade and occupy Albania.
1944: In November the Germans withdraw from Tirana and the Communists move into the capital.
1946: The Peoples Assembly proclaims Albania a peoples republic.
1985: The Albanian dictator Enver Hoxha dies.
1992: Elections end forty- seven years of Communist rule. The Democratic Party takes power.
60 Discovering Albanian 1
Gjergj Kastrioti-Skanderbeg (photo: Albes Fusha)
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
In Gheg, the days of the week are pronounced differently. In northern Gheg, e hn is pro-
nounced e han, and e diel is pronounced e dill.
In southern Gheg, e hn is pronounced e hon (colloquially), whereas e mart is pronounced e
mort.
Often e enjte is pronounced like e ejte (both in Gheg and colloquially).
In the spoken language, the - in -t is often reduced. What you might hear is thnn (thonn,
thann), tmartn (tmortn), tmrkurn, tenjten (tejten), tpremten, tshtunn, tdieln
(tdiln, tdilln), and so on. (You might also find apostrophes used in old texts or in texts writ-
ten in Gheg. According to the orthography of Standard Albanian, the apostrophe should not be
used.)
The verb dua has a different stem in the Gheg dialect: due (northern Gheg) or du (southern
Gheg). In the second and third person, this verb also takes an -n ending in Gheg: ti don you
want, ai/ajo don he/she wants.
Another form for the first- person plural in Gheg is na dona we want.
The verb dua to want is shown in Standard Albanian and in Gheg.
62
Besa: Jam un. Kurse kjo ktu sht nj shoqe.
Arbi: Si quhet shoqja?
Besa: Jonida. Ky ktu sht burri i saj.
Arbi: Po ai burri atje, kush sht?
Besa: Ai sht nj shok.
Arbi: Si quhet shoku?
Besa: Kastriot.
Arbi: Po kjo gruaja, kush sht?
Besa: Kjo sht gruaja e tij, Vera.
Arbi: Po ky ktu djathtas sht zog?
Besa: Po, sht nj papagall.
C.
Teuta: Sokol, ku sht nna jote?
Sokoli: Nna ime sht n pun.
Teuta: N or fillon pun ajo?
Sokoli: N orn tet. Ajo punon tet or n dit, nga ora tet n mngjes deri n orn katr
pasdite.
Teuta: Po babai yt, ku sht?
Sokoli: Babai sht tek mjeku. sht i smur.
Teuta: A ka njeri n shtpi?
Sokoli: Po. sht gjyshi dhe gjyshja.
Teuta: Ku jan ata?
Sokoli: Gjyshi po shikon televizor n dhom.
Teuta: Po gjyshja?
Sokoli: Ajo sht n kuzhin. Po gatuan.
Teuta: Ti ke mace n shtpi?
Sokoli: Po. Kam nj mace dhe nj qen. Macja sht atje nn kolltuk dhe qeni sht mbi divan.
FJALOR
Remember that the vocabulary lists now also include the new words introduced in the exercises that
follow each grammar section.
Msimi 5: N shtpi 63
garzh, -i, -e garage Oh! Oh!
gt/, -a, -a glass r/, -a, - clock
gra, -ja, gra woman/wife papag/ll, -lli, -j parrot
gjsh, -i, -r grandfather pr/k, -u, qe park
gjsh/e, -ja, -e grandmother pm/, -a, - tree
hr/, -a, - time psh/k, -u, q fish
njhr once pirn, -i, - fork
jsht outside pn/, -a, - work
jte your (fem., informal) qn, -i, - dog
ka there is/there are sa how
karrg/e, -ia, -e chair i sj, e sj her (masc., fem.)
kh/, -a time, weather i smr, sick (masc., fem.)
kolltk, -u, - armchair e smr
krh, -u, - arm shah, -u chess
kut, -a, - box Shhemi m See you later! (lit., We see
kuzhn/, -a, -a kitchen vn! each other later!)
lps, -i, -a pencil shk, -u, - (male) friend
larg far shq/e, -ja, -e female friend
lb/r, -ri, -ra book takm, -i, -e meeting
lg/, -a, - spoon tavoln/, -a, -a table
ll/e, -ja, -e flower thk/, -a, -a knife
mc/e, -ja, -e cat (fem.) Urdhr!1 May I help you? (lit.,
mak, -u, - cat (masc.) Command me!)
i madh, e mdhe big (masc., fem.) vzo, -ja, - vase
mjtas to the left vn late
mbi on, on top of m vn later
nn/, -a, -a mother yt your (masc., informal)
nn under zr/, -a, -a office
njer, -u, njrz human being, somebody Sa fotograf e What a beautiful photo!
obrr, -i, -e yard bkur!
GRAMATIK
1. Urdhro is also used to welcome people or to invite people inside a house or office.
64 Discovering Albanian 1
Un jetoj n Shqipri. I live in Albania.
Un jam nga Shqipria. I am from Albania.
8 provided the rules for forming nominative definite nouns from indefinite nouns. The same rules
apply to other feminine nouns that are not proper names of countries or cities:
An exception to this rule is the word grua woman, wife, whose definite form is gruaja the
woman, the wife, in spite of the fact that the final -a is not stressed.
Some feminine nouns end in -l, -ll, -r, or -rr; in these cases, drop the - and add -a:
Msimi 5: N shtpi 65
To form the nominative definite form of nouns that are not countries, follow the same rules as with
the countries in 8:
Very few masculine nouns end in a stressed -a; in this case, add -i:
Some masculine nouns end in -r; in this case, drop the - and add -i:
The prepositions mbi on and nn under, just like n at (14), require the accusative indefinite
form of the noun, which is the same as the nominative form, or the base form typically listed in the
dictionary. Notice that in English, unlike what is observed in Albanian, the noun that follows the
prepositions on and under appears in the definite form.
66 Discovering Albanian 1
USHTRIMI 5.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 5.1.
USHTRIMI 5.2
Ask questions and have a classmate answer, as in the following examples. Try both dialogue models:
telefon, majtas
Ku sht telefoni?
Telefoni sht majtas.
1. zog, djathtas
2. student, n universitet
Msimi 5: N shtpi 67
3. peshk, n frigorifer
4. kolltuk, dhom
6. shtpi, afr
7. frigorifer, n kuzhin
8. vajz, n shkoll
9. televizor, n dyqan
68 Discovering Albanian 1
14. flamur, jasht
USHTRIMI 5.3
3. The definite form of karrige chair is not karrigja but karrigia. This is due to the fact that we need to maintain
the [g] sound of the original form.
Msimi 5: N shtpi 69
1. pirun, mbi tryez
2. lule, n vazo
3. makin, n garazh
5. mjek, n spital
6. kolltuk, n shtpi
7. els, ktu
8. got, n kuzhin
70 Discovering Albanian 1
9. pem, n oborr
4. Stina ime e preferuar can also be used instead of Stina ime e paraplqyer to mean my favorite season.
Msimi 5: N shtpi 71
FJALOR
72 Discovering Albanian 1
stn/, -a, - season vr/, -a, -a summer
i shndtsh/m, healthy i,e vrtt true
e -me i,e vshtr difficult
sh, -u, -ra rain vjsht/, -a, -a fall
be sh it rains i,e vjtr old
shkrt, -i February i,e vgl small
i,e shkrtr short yt your (masc., informal)
i,e shpjt fast i,e zaknsh/m, usual
shtatr, -i September e -me
i,e shtrnjt expensive i,e zn busy, occupied
tetr, -i October i zi, e zz black
i,e trishtar gloomy, sad i,e zgjar smart, intelligent
ushtrm, -i, -e exercise i zhrmsh/m, noisy
valxh/e, -ja, -e suitcase e -me
GRAMATIK
(1) Studenti i mir sht ktu. The good student (masc.) is here.
(2) Studentja e mir sht ktu. The good student (fem.) is here.
Class 2 adjectives require a linking article to be able to modify a noun; this linking article always
precedes the adjective. Look at examples (1) and (2) above and write down the linking article for
the definite singular nouns in the examples above:
Masculine Feminine
Nominative (subject) ____________ ____________
As you have observed, the linking article i is used with a nominative masculine noun while e is
used with a nominative feminine noun (remember that nominative is normally the case used with
subjects).
Notice that in all these examples the adjective immediately follows the noun. When an adjec-
tive modifies a noun directly we say that it is an attributive adjective. The following chart shows
the forms of the linking article with attributive adjectives in the nominative singular form:
Singular
Masculine Feminine
Nominative studenti i mir studentja e mir
Msimi 5: N shtpi 73
Adjectives can also be used after a copular verb, such as jam to be or duket to seem. In these
instances we say that the adjective is a predicative adjective. Consider the following examples:
Write down the linking article for the predicative adjectives above:
Singular
Masculine Feminine
Nominative (subject) ______________ ______________
As you can see, the forms of the linking article are the same when the adjective is used attributively
as when it is used predicatively. This is true for singular nouns.5 The following chart shows the
forms of the linking article with predicative adjectives in the nominative singular form:
Singular
Masculine Feminine
Nominative Studenti sht i mir. Studentja sht e mir
As you can see, adjectives that require a linking article have the same form in the masculine singu-
lar as in the feminine singular; only the linking article changes. Here are some more useful adjec-
tives. They are not from the dialogue, but you will find them useful for everyday conversation:
Masculine Feminine
i bardh e bardh white
i gjelbr e gjelbr green
i hapur e hapur open
i huaj e huaj foreign
i kaltr e kaltr sky blue
i knaqur e knaqur satisfied
i leht e leht easy, light
i lir e lir free
i lumtur e lumtur happy
i mbyllur e mbyllur closed
i rnd e rnd heavy
5. We will see later (42) that plural definite forms have different forms for the linking article when used at-
tributively and when used predicatively. Hence it is important to understand the difference between these two types of
modification.
74 Discovering Albanian 1
i smur e smur sick
i shpejt e shpejt fast
i shtrenjt e shtrenjt expensive
i verdh e verdh yellow
i vrtet e vrtet true
i vshtir e vshtir difficult
i vjetr e vjetr old
i zn e zn busy, occupied
i zgjuar e zgjuar smart, intelligent
Adjectives that end in -m in the masculine form take -me in the corresponding feminine singular
form:
Masculine Feminine
i kndshm e kndshme pleasant
i ndryshm e ndryshme different
i nevojshm e nevojshme necessary
i sotm e sotme todays, of today
i shndetshm e shndetshme healthy
i zakonshm e zakonshme usual
Masculine Feminine
i keq e keqe bad
i kuq e kuqe red
i madh e madhe big
i ri e re young, new
i zi e zez black
Notice that i ri means both young and new, while i vjetr means old, referring to both people
and objects:
Write down your observations. What is the linking article when the adjective is used attributively
and when the noun is indefinite?
Msimi 5: N shtpi 75
Masculine Feminine
Nominative __________ __________
The following charts summarize the forms of the linking article with attributive adjectives when
they modify a nominative (subject) noun:
Singular
Masculine Feminine
Nominative studenti i mir studentja e mir
Singular
Masculine Feminine
Nominative (nj) student i mir (nj) studente e mir
34 The weather
Here are some useful expressions for the weather.
76 Discovering Albanian 1
35 The seasons and the months of the year
Muajt (the months) and dhe stint (the seasons):
Stin dimr pranver ver vjesht
Muaj janar prill korrik tetor
shkurt maj gusht nntor
mars qershor shtator dhjetor
Notice that in Albanian you must write day, month, year in that order. Thus, the date above is Feb-
ruary 12, not December 2!
Notice the way the different English prepositions are translated into Albanian when using days,
months, seasons, and years:
USHTRIMI 5.4
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM) based on
Dialogu 5.2.
Msimi 5: N shtpi 77
8. _____ Martini thot se n dimr qielli sht gri n Shngjin.
9. _____ N Tiran bie nganjher bor.
10. _____ N Tiran, vera nuk sht asnjher e nxeht.
11. _____ Dea thot se stina e saj e paraplqyer sht dimri.
12. _____ Koha n pranver sht e ngroht dhe natyra sht shum e bukur n Tiran.
13. _____ Shngjini sht nj qytet bregdetar dhe sht plot jet n ver.
14. _____ N Shngjin, deti n ver sht blu.
USHTRIMI 5.5
USHTRIMI 5.6
Si sht koha? Briefly describe the weather in the two cities mentioned in Dialogu 5.2 depending
on the season.
Shngjini Tirana
N pranver: ________________________ ________________________
________________________ ________________________
78 Discovering Albanian 1
N ver: ________________________ ________________________
________________________ ________________________
N vjesht: ________________________ ________________________
________________________ ________________________
N dimr: ________________________ ________________________
________________________ ________________________
USHTRIMI 5.7
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the adjective in parentheses. Make
sure you understand the meaning of the adjectives you are using!
USHTRIMI 5.8
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the words in parentheses.
Msimi 5: N shtpi 79
USHTRIMI 5.9
This is what we call an exclamative noun phrase. What is the formula to form exclamative noun
phrases?
Now try to say the following exclamative noun phrases. Be careful with the form of the linking
article. Remember that you need to use the indefinite form of the noun. These exclamative noun
phrases always start with the exclamative word sa how.
Xhimi sht nj student nga Shtetet e Bashkuara dhe studion shqip n universitet. Tani sht me
pushime n Sarand dhe po shkruan nj letr pr nj shok q banon n Tiran
Sarand, m 15.08.2012
I dashur Artan,
Tani jam n Sarand. Jam n hotel Cosmopole. Kam nj dhom me pamje nga deti.
Dhoma ka nj ballkon. N ballkon ka dy karrige, nj tryez dhe nj adr. Atje ha mngjes
[I eat breakfast] do dit. Pr mngjes zakonisht ha kos me fruta, buk me gjalp dhe me reel
dhe pi kafe turke me shum sheqer. Kafeja sht shum e fort ktu.
Koha sht e mir. N mngjes, temperatura sht 20 grad Celsius dhe sht shum
kndshm, sepse nuk bn vap. Por n mesdit dielli sht shum i fort dhe bn shum vap
(30 33 grad C). Zakonisht n mesdit un shkoj n plazh. Edhe n mbrmje sht vap dhe
ka pak lagshti. Pr fat t mir, hoteli ka ajr t kondicionuar dhe nga deti fryn gjithmon nj
fllad i freskt.
N dhom ka dy krevate dhe nj dollap. Dhoma nuk sht si dhoma ime n Uashing-
ton. N dhom ka frigorifer dhe televizor. Un shikoj televizor do pasdite. Megjithse ka
80 Discovering Albanian 1
disa kanale n anglisht si BBC dhe CNN, un shikoj vetm kanale shqiptare. Nuk kuptoj do
gj, por kuptoj shum (70 pr qind). N televizor ka shum telenovela italiane dhe latino-
amerikane!
Tri minuta larg nga hoteli sht tregu dhe nj supermarket.6 Shkoj do dit n treg, sepse
blej fruta, kurse n supermarket blej buk, djath, gjalp, reel, qumsht, lng frutash dhe
koka- kola.7 Drek ha zakonisht n plazh. N mbrmje shkoj n kafene ku pi kafe ose lng fru-
tash, ose ha patate t skuqura.8
do dit blej dy gazeta dhe lexoj disa artikuj. Kam edhe dy shok ktu. Ata nuk jan nga
Saranda, por punojn ktu n ver. Valdeti sht nga Tirana dhe Tofiku sht nga Prishtina
(nga Kosova). Valdeti punon si kamarier n nj hotel ktu afr, kurse Tofiku sht murator.
Valdeti dhe Tofiku vijn do pasdite n hotel.
Tani n Sarand ka kryesisht turist nga Balkani, por jo nga Evropa Perndimore ose nga
Shtetet e Bashkuara.
Nuk po shkruaj m, sepse po troket dera.
T fala, shoku yt Xhimi
FJALOR
Msimi 5: N shtpi 81
me pmje nga facing, with a view to telenovl/, -a, -a soap opera
patt/e, -ja, -e potato t fla greetings, regards
patte t skqura fried potatoes tr/g, -gu, -gje market
perndimr, -e western troks to knock
pr qnd percent Po trokt dra. Someone is knocking.
pi to drink (lit., The door is
plzh, -i, -e beach knocking.)
qmsht, -i milk turst, -i, - tourist
rel, -i jam vp/, -a heat
sa like sht vp. Its hot.
i,e skqur fried Kam vp. I am hot.
sheqr, -i sugar
USHTRIMI 5.10
82 Discovering Albanian 1
USHTRIMI 5.11
Classify the following words into one of the following categories. Write these nouns (except tur-
ist) in their singular definite form, as in the example. These are very practical words to know when
youre traveling!
ballkon, buk, adr, det, diell, dhom, fllad, frigorifer, frut, gjalp, kafe, kamarier,
karrige, krevat, lagshti, murator, reel, sheqer, tryez, televizor, [turist], treg, Tofik,
Valdet, vap, ver
USHTRIMI 5.12
1. Imagine you are Xhimi. Using the information given in the reading, register at the Hotel Cos-
mopole in Saranda. A classmate will play the role of the receptionist. Ask as many questions
as you can about the room.
2. Xhimi eats breakfast in the hotel dining room. He talks to the waiter about where he is from.
The waiter tells him what the hotel offers for breakfast. Use some of the vocabulary in Ush-
trimi 5.11
3. Xhimi goes to dinner at a nice restaurant. He talks to the waiter and asks many questions
about Saranda. The waiter tells him what is on the menu. Use some of the vocabulary in
Ushtrimi 5.11.
Msimi 5: N shtpi 83
Shngjin (photo: Edmond Prifti)
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
i trishtuar i trishtu(e)m
i gzuar i gzu(e)m
i lumtur i lumtun
84 Discovering Albanian 1
MSIMI 6
Prsritje
Review
1. Typically, foreign names are written the way they sound to an Albanian person. Notice that since Uashing-
ton ends in a consonant, it is considered a masculine noun. Hence, Uashingtoni is its definite form, which is required
after nga.
2. This structure is used to ask about the major a person is pursuing at a university.
85
FJALOR
A ka mtra dhe Does she have brothers lnd/, -a, - course, subject
vllzr? and sisters? matematk/, -a mathematics
brs/, -a, -a scholarship, stock pastj afterward
exchange pedagg, -u, - teacher, professor (at the
detr/, -a, -a assignment, homework university level)
bj detrat to do the homework pishn/, -a, -a swimming pool
sht n pn? Is she working? (lit, Is she prind, -i, -r parent
at work?) me prndrit with the parents
fizk/, -a physics semst/r, -ri, -ra semester
kalj to spend time kt semster this semester
kt this (accusative) shm many
kim, -a chemistry shm r many hours
klink/, -a, -a clinic Uashingtn, -i Washington
klink dentre dental clinic vtm only, alone
letrs, -a literature vrapj to run
USHTRIMI 6.1
86 Discovering Albanian 1
USHTRIMI 6.2
USHTRIMI 6.3
Geri is in the fifth grade. Below is his orari i msimeve schedule of classes preceded by a brief
vocabulary list. Study the schedule and answer the questions.
Msimi 6: Prsritje 87
ORARI I MSIMEVE
E hn E mart E mrkur E enjte E premte
08:0008:45 Gjuh Shqipe Histori Gjuh Shqipe Anglisht Gjuh Shqipe
08:5009:35 Histori Edukat fizike Lexim letrar Matematik Anglisht
09:4010:25 Vizatim Matematik Dituri natyre Edukat fizike Matematik
10:2510:50 P U Sh I M
10:5011:35 Anglisht Gjeografi Matematik Gjuh Shqipe Ekonomi
shtpiake
11:4012:25 Matematik Lexim letrar Muzik Lexim letrar Aftsim
teknologjik
12:3013:15 Muzik Ekonomi Dituri natyre Dituri natyre
shtpiake
88 Discovering Albanian 1
Polytechnic University of Tirana (photo: Albes Fusha)
USHTRIMI 6.4
1. You are an exchange student in Tirana. A classmate is a reporter and interviews you about your
life in Albania. Follow the model of Ushtrimi 6.3.
2. You and a friend go for a drink at a coffee shop. You each talk about your family and friends.
3. Briefly discuss your weekly schedule of classes as a university student.
4. You are a junior in high school. Briefly discuss your schedule of classes. Look up in the dic-
tionary the names of the classes you are taking that you have not learned yet.
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
Albanian law used to require all children to attend school for eight years. Since the educational
reform of 2004, education is now compulsory for nine years.
Children typically start first grade at the age of six.
The first cycle of elementary education (grades 15) is called Cikl i Ult (Low Cycle). The se-
cond cycle is called Cikl i Lart (High Cycle).
After Cikl i Lart students earn a Dftes Lirimi (Leaving Certificate).
In the Albanian grading system, 10 is the highest grade, and 5 is the lowest passing grade.
Compulsory subjects for elementary education are mother tongue/literature (Albanian), mathe-
matics, history, geography, physics, biology, knowledge of nature, art, music, civic education,
technological education (technology), physical education, and a foreign language.
Msimi 6: Prsritje 89
MSIMI 7
far ka sonte n televizor?
Whats on TV tonight?
the verbs njoh to know and shoh to see in the present indicative
the nominative and accusative forms of plural nouns
class 1 adjectives that modify a plural noun
class 2 adjectives that modify a plural noun
90
Profesori: Po, nganjher ata shohin edhe filma. Pastaj ne diskutojm pr filmat n klas dhe un
shpjegoj me hollsi do gj q ata nuk kuptojn.
Gazetari: Klasa duket shum interesante dhe informuese. Prgzime!
Profesori: Shum faleminderit!
FJALOR
36 The verbs njoh to know and shoh to see in the present indicative
njoh shoh
un njoh shoh
ti njeh sheh
ai, ajo njeh sheh
ne njohim shohim
ju njihni shihni
ata, ato njohin shohin
Njoh to know and shoh to see are class 2 verbs (see 6). Notice the vowel change from -o- to
-e- with ti and ai/ajo and from -o- to -i- with ju.
Njoh and shoh are transitive verbs; that is, they typically occur with a direct object, which is
marked with the accusative case. We have already learned that subjects are typically marked with
the nominative case. Indefinite nouns have the same form in the nominative (when used as subjects)
as in the accusative case (when used as direct objects).
In the examples above, nj student a student is used both as a subject and as a direct object, re-
spectively. The former is in the nominative case, while the latter is in the accusative case. In the
next couple of sections we will learn how to form plural indefinites; these can also be used either
as subjects or as objects. Then we will learn how to form and use plural definite forms in subject
and object positions.
1. Some masculine nouns add -. This is perhaps the most productive of all classes.
92 Discovering Albanian 1
(nj) ushtrim an exercise
(disa) ushtrime some exercises
Notice that most nouns in group 3 end in -im or are foreign loanwords that end in -et or -on. It is
important to remember that these masculine nouns change gender in the plural. Thus, while they
are masculine in the singular, they become feminine in the plural.
4. Some masculine names that end in -r drop the -- and add -a:
5. Masculine nouns that end in -ll form their plural by replacing -ll with -j:
6. Some masculine nouns have the same form in the singular and in the plural. These are typically
nouns that end in -as, -()s, -ues, or -yes:
With the exception of the nouns in groups 2, 4, 5, and 6, Albanian masculine nouns are a little er-
ratic as to how they form their plural. You must memorize these forms! The plural form will be
listed immediately after the definite form in the vocabulary lists and in the glossary. Thus, if you
find the following entries in the vocabulary list or in the glossary at the end of the book, you will
know how to make the singular definite form as well as the plural indefinite form:
Indefinites share the same form in the nominative as in the accusative, and thus they can be used
either as subjects (where they bear the nominative case) or as direct objects (where they bear the
accusative case):
94 Discovering Albanian 1
Singular Indefinite Plural Indefinite Plural Definite
student (student) student studentt (the students)
burr (man) burra burrat (the men)
ushtrim (exercise) ushtrime ushtrimet (the exercises)
libr (book) libra librat (the books)
artikull (article) artikuj artikujt (the articles)
Unlike English, Albanian does not allow plain indefinites to be used as subjects. Generic subjects
(when we refer to an entity as a group) are typically used with a definite article in Albanian:
If we want to refer to an indefinite group, we must use the determiner disa some:
Disa student nuk msojn n shtpi. Some students dont study at home.
Masculine plural definite nouns have the same form in both the nominative and accusative cases;
therefore, just like the indefinites discussed in 37, these plural definite forms can be used either as
subjects (nominative) or as direct objects (accusative):1
Why do we find shqiptar in examples (1) and (3) but shqiptare in (2) and (4)?2
_______________________________________________________________
1. Masculine singular definite nouns have different forms in the nominative and accusative (see 53).
2. If you cannot answer quickly, please review 7.
Why do we find shqiptar in examples (5) and (7) but shqiptare in (6) and (8)?
_______________________________________________________________
Now look at examples (1) through (8). Do the adjectives take a different form when they modify a
definite or an indefinite noun?
_______________________________________________________________
Adjectives must agree with the noun they modify. In general, nationality adjectives and adjectives
that end in a consonant and that are stressed on the last syllable take an - to form the plural if they
are masculine and an -e if they are feminine. The feminine forms are the same in the singular and
in the plural. Class 1 adjectives remain the same whether they modify a definite or an indefinite
noun.
Masculine Feminine
Singular Plural Singular Plural
shqiptar shqiptar shqiptare shqiptare
amerikan amerikan amerikane amerikane
italian _________ _________ _________
anglez _________ _________ _________
interesant interesant interesante interesante
kulturor kulturor kulturore kulturore
informativ _________ _________ _________
fillestar _________ _________ _________
Class 1 adjectives in Albanian are not inflected for case, so the adjective will have the same form
when it modifies a nominative subject and an accusative direct object:
96 Discovering Albanian 1
USHTRIMI 7.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM) in Dia-
logu 7.1.
USHTRIMI 7.2
1. Sa student ka klasa?
____________________________________________________________
2. Studentt jan fillestar?
____________________________________________________________
3. Pse msojn shqip studentt?
____________________________________________________________
4. bjn studiuesit n Shqipri?
____________________________________________________________
5. bjn studentt n klas?
____________________________________________________________
6. A bjn shum gabime kur flasin?
____________________________________________________________
7. A shohin ata filma n klas?
____________________________________________________________
8. A diskutojn ata pr filmat q shohin?
____________________________________________________________
9. A japin mendime pr tekstet q lexojn n klas?
____________________________________________________________
10. Si duket klasa?
____________________________________________________________
Here are some nouns that appear in Dialogu 7.1. Write the corresponding forms, as in the ex-
ample.
USHTRIMI 7.4
Now lets practice the plural of masculine nouns. Change the following sentences into the plural,
making all necessary additional changes.
USHTRIMI 7.5
Change all the nouns in the following sentences into the plural. Make all the necessary additional
changes.
98 Discovering Albanian 1
7. Ku sht gjyshi dhe babai?
8. Un njoh nj studiues gjerman.
9. Nxnsi sht n klas.
10. Msuesi po shpjegon nj ushtrim.
FJALOR
GRAMATIK
1. If a noun ends in -, replace the - with -a. This is the most common class.
nj gazet a newspaper
(disa) gazeta some newspapers
nj revist a magazine
(disa) revista some magazines
3. Feminine nouns that end in a stressed -i, -e, or -a have the same form in the singular and plural:
4. Feminine nouns that end in an unstressed -e or -o also have the same form in the singular and
plural:
6. Some feminine nouns are irregular. So far you have encountered only a couple of these irregu-
lar forms:
With the exception of the rules in groups 5 and 6, feminine plural nouns, unlike masculine nouns,
are very easy to form and to remember. The irregular forms in groups 5 and 6 must be memorized.
The other forms are predictable. The plural forms will be listed immediately following the definite
form in the vocabulary lists and in the glossary:
As we mentioned in 37, indefinites (whether singular or plural) share the same form in the nomi-
native as in the accusative case; thus, they can be used either as subjects or as direct objects:
Disa gazeta jan mbi tryez. Some newspapers are on the table.
Ne lexojm disa gazeta do dit. We read some newspapers every day.
Feminine plural definite nounsjust like masculine plural definite nouns (see 38)have the same
form in the nominative and accusative cases. Thus, they can appear in both the subject and the di-
rect object positions:3
(1) Studenti i mir sht atje. The good (male) student is over there.
(2) Studentja e mir sht atje. The good (female) student is over there.
Write down the forms of the linking article depending on whether the adjective is used attributively
(examples [1] and [2]) or predicatively (examples [3] and [4]):
Singular
Masculine Feminine
Attributive adjective _________ _________
Predicative adjective _________ _________
3. Singular definite nouns will have a different form in the nominative and accusative cases (see 53).
4. An attributive adjective modifies a noun directly (in Albanian it typically follows the noun directly; see examples
[1] and [2] as well as [5] and [6]), while a predicative adjective is used after a copular verb like the verb jam to be (see
(5) Studentt e mir jan atje. The good (male) students are over there.
(6) Studentet e mira jan atje. The good (female) students are over there.
Lets concentrate on the form of the linking article first. Write down the forms of the linking article
depending on whether the plural adjective is used attributively (examples [5] and [6]) or predica-
tively (examples [7] and [8]):
Plural
Masculine Feminine
Attributive adjective _________ _________
Predicative adjective _________ _________
When an adjective modifies a plural noun, the form of the linking article is sensitive to whether
the adjective is attributive or predicative. The following chart contains the forms the linking article
takes depending on whether it modifies a singular or a plural noun. Keep in mind that all the cases
we have discussed so far involve nominative definite nouns and adjectives:
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Attributive adjective i mir e mir e mir e mira
Predicative adjective i mir e mir t mir t mira
As you can see, i is the linking article for masculine singular adjectives, whether they are used at-
tributively or predicatively, and e is the linking article for feminine singular adjectives when they
are used either as attributes or as predicates. For plural adjectives, on the other hand, e is the link-
ing article both for masculine and feminine attributive adjectives, while t is the linking article for
masculine and feminine predicative adjectives.5
Now that you know how the linking article works, lets see the different forms that the adjec-
tive itself may take.
examples [3] and [4] as well as [7] and [8]). As you can see in the plural examples (5) through (8), this difference is
important in Albanian (not so in English!), since the linking article will have a different form depending on whether it is
being used attributively or predicatively.
5. Notice that in examples (5) and (6) the linking article appears following the definite noun. If the linking article
is separated from the definite noun, then instead of the linking article e, you must use t:
1. a. studentt e mir the good (male) students
b. studentt shqiptar t mir the good Albanian (male) students
2. a. studentet e mira the good (female) students
b. studentet shqiptare t mira the good Albanian (female) students
If we take the masculine singular form mir as the base form, how are the other forms derived?
_______________________________________________________________
You probably concluded that the only adjective form that varies in form is that of the feminine plu-
ral form, which takes an -a rather than an - ending. Notice that the form of the adjective itself (ex-
cluding the linking article!) remains the same when used as an attribute or when used as a predicate.
That is easy and should compensate for the complexity of the linking article!
In examples (1) and (2), the adjective modifies a nominative indefinite noun; in (3) and (4), it mod-
ifies an accusative indefinite noun. Write down the forms of the linking article when it modifies a
singular indefinite noun:
Singular
Masculine Feminine
Nominative _________ _________
Accusative _________ _________
(5) Kta jan student t mir. These are good (male) students.
(6) Kto jan studente t mira. These are good (female) students.
(7) Un njoh disa student t mir. I know some good (male) students.
(8) Un njoh disa studente t mira. I know some good (female) students.
Write down the forms for the linking article when a class 2 adjective modifies a plural indefinite
noun:
Plural
Masculine Feminine
Nominative _________ _________
Accusative _________ _________
The following chart summarizes the forms we have studied so far. The accusative singular forms
will be dealt with in Msimi 9.
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative studenti i mir studentja e mir studentt e mir studentet e mira
Accusative xxx xxx studentt e mir studentet e mira
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative (nj) student (nj) studente (disa) student (disa) studente
i mir e mir t mir t mira
Accusative (nj) student (nj) studente (disa) student (disa) studente
t mir t mir t mir t mira
Observe that mir is used with masculine singular and feminine singular as well as with masculine
plural nouns, while mira is used with feminine plural nouns. That form of the adjective remains the
same whether the adjective modifies a definite or an indefinite noun. As you can see in the charts
above, the only element that changes is the linking article.
Before you start using class 2 adjectives productively, try to explain both the form of the linking ar-
ticle as well as the form of the adjective in the following examples from Dialogu 7.2:
In 32 we also saw some exceptions to that general rule. Write the corresponding feminine singular
forms for the following adjectives:
i keq _____________
i madh _____________
i ri _____________
i zi _____________
These adjectives are also irregular in the plural, as you can see in the following chart. We add i
vogl small, young to our list. Although it is regular in the singular forms (they are the same), i
vogl exhibits two plural forms, just like the other irregular class 2 plural adjectives:
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
i keq e keqe e/t kqij e/t kqija (bad)
i madh e madhe e/t mdhenj e/t mdha (big)
i ri e re e/t rinj e/t reja (new, young)
i vogl e vogl e/t vegjl e/t vogla (small, young)
i zi e zez e/t zinj e/t zeza (black)
USHTRIMI 7.6
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 7.2. When a
statement is false, briefly explain why (in Albanian!).
Answer the following questions based on Dialogu 7.2. Provide as much information as you can.
1. far po bn Ajkuna?
____________________________________________________________
2. far po japin lajmet?
____________________________________________________________
3. far olimpiade sht?
____________________________________________________________
4. A ka nxns shqiptar n olimpiad?
____________________________________________________________
5. Si jan rezultatet e tyre n olimpiad?
____________________________________________________________
6. far thon msuesit e tyre?
____________________________________________________________
7. Po vet nxnsit?
____________________________________________________________
8. A studiojn shum nxnsit?
____________________________________________________________
9. A jan ata t gzuar q kan rezultate t larta?
____________________________________________________________
10. Po n olimpiada botrore a jan t suksesshme ekipet shqiptare?
____________________________________________________________
USHTRIMI 7.8
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the adjective.
USHTRIMI 7.10
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the words in parentheses. Then
change those words into the plural. Finally, change the whole sentence into the plural form. Make
all the necessary changes.
LEXIMI 7.1
Tirana
Tirana sht nj qytet i madh dhe i bukur. N Tiran ka shum ndrtesa t reja dhe t
vjetra. Ndrtesat e reja jan t larta dhe moderne, kurse ndrtesat e vjetra jan kryesisht t ulta
dhe me ngjyra t forta.
N ditt e sotme, Tirana sht nj qytet plot me hotele, restorante, bare dhe kafene.
Tirana ka n qendr nj shesh t madh dhe t bukur. Ky sht sheshi Sknderbej. Atje
ndodhen Muzeu Historik Kombtar, Pallati i Kulturs, Hotel Tirana, Xhamia e Ethem Beut,
Kulla e Sahatit. Kulla e Sahatit sht 35 metra e lart. Kulla sht e hapur pr turistt. Nga
kjo kull, turistt shohin pamje shum t bukura. Muzeu Historik Kombtar sht nj muze
shum i rndsishm dhe me shum objekte historike.
N Tiran ka disa kisha dhe xhami. Teatri i Opers dhe i Baletit, Teatri Kombtar, Gale-
ria e Arteve etj., jan qendra t rndsishme kulturore. N Tiran ka universitete publike dhe
private. Tirana ka nj klim t mir. Dimri sht i shkurtr dhe i but. Temperaturat n dimr
nuk jan shum t ulta. Kurse vera sht e nxeht dhe me temperatura t larta.
USHTRIMI 7.11
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Leximi 7.1. When a
statement is false, briefly explain why (in Albanian!).
1. Si sht Tirana?
____________________________________________________________
2. far ka n Tiran?
____________________________________________________________
3. Si jan ndrtesat e reja?
____________________________________________________________
4. Po ndrtesat e vjetra?
____________________________________________________________
5. Si sht Tirana n ditt e sotme?
____________________________________________________________
6. objekte ndodhen n shesh?
____________________________________________________________
7. Sa e lart sht Kulla e Sahatit?
____________________________________________________________
8. A sht e hapur pr turistt?
____________________________________________________________
9. Cilat jan qendra t rndsishme kulturore?
____________________________________________________________
10. Si sht klima n Tiran? Si jan temperaturat n dimr, po n ver?
____________________________________________________________
USHTRIMI 7.13
Complete the following text with the appropriate form of the adjective or expressions in paren-
theses.
USHTRIMI 7.14
1. Imagine you are an inhabitant of Tirana. A classmate will play the role of a tourist. Using the
information given in the reading, the tourist will ask you for information about Tirana.
2. You are with some friends in Tirana. Describe your city to them.
3. You are a student, and you have met an Albanian friend who is studying English. Each of you
describes your teacher. Then ask each other questions about the activities you do in class. Say
what you like and dont like about your classes.
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
The city of Tirana was founded in 1614. Tirana became the capital of Albania in 1920. Recent
archaeological findings have discovered that Tirana might have been settled at the beginning of
the first or second century A.D.
about food
about groceries
how to go grocery shopping
class 2 verbs: mbyll to close, prgatis to prepare, dal to go out, marr to take, and so on
the subjunctive and future indicative
114
Eanda: Jo, rigon kemi.
Bojkeni: Eanda, po marr dhe gjalp, reel dhe okollata. Si thua?
Eanda: Shum mir. Por merr gjalp me krip, sepse ai sht gjalpi m i mir.
Bojkeni: Mir. Po pyes nse ka.
Eanda: Nse ke mundsi merr dhe 300 gram bajame, 200 gram lajthi dhe 500 gram kikirik.
Bojkeni: N rregull. Po marr edhe nj buk dhe po paguaj tani.
Eanda: Merr nj buk t zez, sepse sht m e mir se buka e bardh.
Eanda: Mir.
FJALOR
Remember that the vocabulary lists also include the new words introduced in the exercises follow-
ing the respective grammar section.
GRAMATIK
46 Class 2 verbs
In 6 we saw that verbs that end in a consonant belong to class 2 verbs. In Dialogu 8.1 you encoun-
tered the verbs mbyll to close and marr to take, both of which are class 2 verbs:
The following chart shows the conjugation in the present indicative for the verbs mbyll to close
and hap to open:
mbyll hap
un mbyll hap
ti mbyll hap
ai, ajo mbyll hap
ne mbyllim hapim
ju mbyllni hapni
ata, ato mbyllin hapin
Notice that class 2 verbs take no ending in the singular forms. In 6 you learned the conjugation for
the verb flas to speak, which is also a class 2 verb.
Complete the following chart with the forms of the present indicative of flas:
un _______________
ti _______________
ai, ajo _______________
ne _______________
ju _______________
ata, ato _______________
How does flas, which is a class 2 verb, differ from mbyll and hap?
_______________________________________________________________
The verb flas has two peculiarities that make it different from most class 2 verbs: (a) its conjuga-
tion includes three different vowels, and (b) the -s changes to -t in the second- and third- person
singular.
Notice the stem change in the forms ti, ai/ajo (the a of the first- person singular changes to e), and
ju (the a changes to i or e).
Verbs like prgatis to prepare are also considered class 2 verbs since they end in a consonant.
However, just like the verb flas, the -s changes to -t in the second- and third- person singular.
Other verbs like prgatis are pres to wait, shtis to walk, and shes to sell:
prgatis pres shtis shes
un prgatis pres shtis shes
ti prgatit pret shtit shet
ai, ajo prgatit pret shtit shet
ne prgatisim presim shtisim shesim
ju prgatitni pritni shtitni shitni1
ata, ato prgatisin presin shtisin shesin
Some verbs that end in -s, like prgatis to prepare and mas to weigh, take -s- with the persons
un, ne, ju, and ata/ato. However, they can also be conjugated with a -t throughout the whole para-
digm:
prgatis prgatit mas mat
un prgatis prgatit mas mat
ti prgatit prgatit mat mat
ai, ajo prgatit prgatit mat mat
ne prgatisim prgatitim masim matim
ju prgatisni prgatitni masni matni
ata, ato prgatisin prgatitin masin matin
47 Superlative constructions
In Dialogu 8.1 you encountered the following structures:
These constructions are called relative superlatives. In English, the superlative is formed in two
ways: add - est to the end of the adjective, or add the most in front of the adjective:
big biggest
beautiful the most beautiful
These constructions indicate that there is no other element within a group that has the quality being
expressed by the adjective.
In Albanian, the superlative structure is formed by putting the adverb m most in front of
the adjective. Unlike the adjective and the linking article, which agree with the noun, the adverb m
remains invariable. This applies to both class 1 and class 2 adjectives:
Be careful when you make the superlative of a plural definite noun. Since the linking article is no
longer adjacent to the definite noun (it is now separated by the adverb m most), the linking ar-
ticle must change from e to t (see 42).
M most can also be used with adverbs in a superlative construction. Notice the use of the prepo-
sition nga from, among with superlative constructions:
Un flas shpejt.
I speak fast.
There is a second type of superlative, called the absolute superlative. It is formed with the help of
adverbs like absolutisht absolutely, fort very, jashtzakonisht extremely, shum very, and
tepr extremely. This construction, just like the relative superlative, is used with class 1 and 2 ad-
jectives as well as with adverbs.
48 Comparative constructions
In Dialogu 8.1 you encountered the following structure:
Qeni vrapon m shpejt se macja. The dog runs faster than the cat.
Un punoj m shum se vllai im. I work more than my brother.
Un msoj m pak se ti. I study less than you.
To express an equal degree of quality for both adjectives and adverbs, use aq . . . sa (edhe) as . . .
as. Notice that the particle po may also optionally appear in front of the comparative:
USHTRIMI 8.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 8.1.
1. Ku sht Bojkeni?
____________________________________________________________
2. Po Eanda, ku sht?
____________________________________________________________
3. Pr far ka nevoj Eanda?
____________________________________________________________
4. far po prgatit Eanda?
____________________________________________________________
5. Ku shkon Bojkeni?
____________________________________________________________
6. Sa kilogram miell do Eanda?
____________________________________________________________
7. far blen ai n dyqan?
____________________________________________________________
8. A blen ai kafe dhe kakao?
____________________________________________________________
9. A blen ai vaj?
____________________________________________________________
10. A kan ata aj n shtpi?
____________________________________________________________
USHTRIMI 8.3
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the verbs given in parentheses.
Make comparative or superlative constructions as required. Pay attention to the agreement with the
adjective.
FJALOR
GRAMATIK
As you can see in the translations above, in English, we use an infinitive after the conjugated forms
of the verb to want: I want to buy, for example. Standard Albanian has no infinitive (see 6,
12); instead, we use a subjunctive form that agrees with the subject of the main verb. The subjunc-
tive is formed by using the subjunctive particle t followed by the subjunctive form of the verb. The
present subjunctive forms are very straightforward. The following chart contains the forms for class
1 verbs (e.g., punoj to work) and class 2 verbs (e.g., dal to leave). Both the present indicative
and the present subjunctive forms are given so that you can compare the forms:
As you can see, all subjunctive forms are formed with the help of the subjunctive particle t. Most
persons are the same in the indicative and in the subjunctive. However, two forms differ.
How do we form the present subjunctive forms if the verb ends in:
Notice that the verb dal changes to del and dilni in the present indicative. Which of the three forms
serves as the base for the present subjunctive to derive the forms of ti and ai/ajo?
_______________________________________________________________
For verbs that undergo a change of stem, we take the form of the first- person singular as the base
for the subjunctive and add -sh (for the ti form) or -(j) (for the ai/ajo form).
The verbs dua to want and them to say are also irregular since they dont take the first- person
singular as the base to form the second- and third- person singular in the present subjunctive:
50 The modal verbs duhet must and mund can and the present subjunctive
English modal verbs like will, can, must, and so on, are typically followed by the root infini-
tive of a verb (i.e., the infinitive without the particle to), so we say I will eat, I can go, she
must go, and so on. We saw before that Standard Albanian does not have infinitives; therefore, it
also lacks root infinitives. Thus, a subjunctive fulfills the function of the root infinitive, as you can
see in the following examples from Dialogu 8.2:
Duhet t blej dhe 200 gram hudhra. I must also buy 200 grams of garlic.
Mund t zgjidhni ktu. You can choose here.
Just like in English, these modal verbs are not conjugated; that is, they keep the same form in all
the different persons. Notice that in Albanian, the subjunctive verb, which obligatorily follows the
modal, agrees with the main subject:
To negate the sentences with a modal verb, simple add the word nuk not in front of the modal:
2. With impersonal constructions like sht mir its good, sht m mire its better, sht keq
its bad, sht e vshtir its difficult, and sht e nevojshme its necessary, we typically find
the subjunctive:
3. To express a purpose, we usually use the conjunction q in order to. As it is in English, this
conjunction is optional, especially in spoken Albanian:
4. The subjunctive typically follows some temporal conjunctions when the event or state described
by the verb has not taken place yet. Some of these temporal conjunctions are kur when, para se
before, pasi after, sapo as soon as, and derisa until:
5. In general, when we use an impersonal expression with an adjective, we use the feminine form of the ad-
jective.
Notice that in the examples above the temporal clause (i.e., the clause that starts with the temporal
conjunction) follows the main clause. In written Albanian, these two clauses are typically separated
by a comma. The temporal clause may also precede the main clause. Again, a comma is needed to
separate the two clauses:
In all the examples above, the action or state expressed by the temporal verb has not taken place.
If it usually takes place, then the present indicative rather than the present subjunctive should be
used:
To form the negative of a future form, use nuk not in front of the future marker:
6. The future particle do was originally the form of the second/third person of the verb dua to want in the present
indicative, which has grammaticalized as a future marker in Albanian. The same is observed in English (and in many
other languages), where the modal verb will, which we use to form the future tense, also comes from an original verb
that means to want.
USHTRIMI 8.5
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 8.2.
USHTRIMI 8.6
USHTRIMI 8.7
Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in parentheses.
LEXIMI 8.1
FJALOR
USHTRIMI 8.8
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Leximi 8.1. When a
statement is false, briefly explain why (in Albanian!).
USHTRIMI 8.10
1. Using the information given in the reading, imagine you are a doctor who is asked for infor-
mation about a healthy diet. A classmate will play the role of your patient. Ask your patient as
many questions as you can about his or her diet.
2. Its your turn to cook dinner at home, and you are talking with your housemate about the food
that you are going to prepare. You explain to him or her that you need to go to the supermarket
to buy the different ingredients that you will need.
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
In Albania, fresh fruits and vegetables are available in all stores year- round. Some of them
are season- specific. Tomatoes (domate), carrots (karota), salad greens (sallat jeshile), green
beans (bizele), cucumbers (tranguj), garlic (hudhra; lit., garlics), and onions (qep) can be
found year- round.
A large variety of fruits are sold year- round, for example, apples (moll), oranges (portokalle),
tangerines (mandarina), peaches (pjeshk), watermelons (shalqi), honeydew melons (pjepra),
grapes (rrush), apricots (kajsi), figs (fiq), and plums (kumbulla). The best watermelons and
honeydew melons are produced in July and August. Fresh cherries (qershi) are typical of June.
Albanians use the metric system:
In the spoken language, kile is used instead of kilogram. You will often hear nj kile domate
instead of nj kilogram domate.
In Kosovo, instead of patllxhan (eggplant) you will hear domate t zeza. Also, instead of
dyqan, the word shitore is used.
In Gheg, just as in English and unlike what happens in Standard Albanian, an infinitive is used
when the subject of both verbs is the same:
For the future tense, Gheg uses the verb kam to have plus the infinitive:
Gheg Standard Albanian English
un kam me shkue dua t shkoj I will go
ti ke me shkue do t shkosh you will go
ai, ajo ka me shkue do t shkoj he/she will go
ne kemi me shkue do t shkojm we will go
ju keni me shkue do t shkoni you will go
ata, ato kan me shkue do t shkojn they will go
133
Arturi: A mund t vij sot?
Monika: Sot kemi shum pun dhe nuk mund t shkojm q t shohim apartamentin. Por mund t
vini nesr.
Arturi: N or?
Monika: N orn dhjet. Jeni i lir n at or?
Arturi: Po. Ather, po vij nesr n orn dhjet. Shum faleminderit pr ndihmn.
Monika: Ska prse. Knaqsia ime!
FJALOR
Masculine nouns:
Feminine nouns:
Do you see a pattern? How do we form the accusative definite form of singular nouns? What form
do we take as the base? What do we add to that base?
Lets consider first the forms of the singular masculine nouns when used as subjects (in the nomi-
native case) and when used as objects (in the accusative case).
Nominative Accusative
Indefinite Definite Indefinite Definite
apartament apartamenti apartament apartamentin (apartment)
shok shoku shok shokun (friend)
1. The masculine indefinite forms are the same in the nominative and accusative cases.
2. The masculine accusative definite form is built on the definite form of the noun in the nomi-
native case. To form the masculine accusative definite form, all we need to do is add -n to the
nominative definite form.
Nominative Accusative
Indefinite Definite Indefinite Definite
gazet gazeta gazet gazetn (newspaper)
msuese mesuesja msuese msuesen (teacher)
agjenci agjencia agjenci agjencin (agency)
We saw that feminine nouns that end in -r, -rr, or -l typically drop the before the nominative
definite article (letr letter becomes letra the letter) (see 27). In the accusative definite form,
this is also dropped, but since the result would be an unpronounceable letrn, we insert an extra
before the -n of the accusative, getting letrn. Put simpler, if the noun ends in -r, -rr, or -l, re-
place these endings with -n to form the accusative singular definite form.
Nominative Accusative
Indefinite Definite Indefinite Definite
motr motra motr motrn (sister)
ndrr ndrra ndrr ndrrn (dream)
vegl vegla vegl vegln (instrument/tool)
The same rules apply to personal names and the names of countries and cities. To see if you have
mastered the rules above, briefly explain the accusative definite forms below:
Nominative Accusative
Indefinite Definite Indefinite Definite
Gzim Gzimi Gzim Gzimin
Irak Iraku Irak Irakun
Tiran Tirana Tiran Tirann
Diana Diann
Kanada Kanadaja Kanada Kanadan
Shkodr Shkodra Shkodr Shkodrn
Eritre Eritreja Eritre Eritren
There is a pattern that unifies the formation of singular masculine and feminine definite nouns: to
form the accusative definite case of a noun, add -n if the noun ends in an unstressed vowel, and add
-n if the noun ends in a stressed vowel. Just remember to apply this rule to the singular definite
form of the masculine noun and to the indefinite form of the feminine noun.
Since there is no rule without exceptions, lets just mention one exception here. Masculine nouns
that end in a stressed a take -n for the accusative definite. Fortunately, it stays in the family, as
you can see below:1
Nominative Accusative
Indefinite Definite Indefinite Definite
baba babai baba baban (father)2
vlla vllai vlla vllan (brother)
1. Why are these forms exceptions? Notice that both words end in a stressed vowel and take -n in the accusative
plural, thus apparently obeying the rule given above! Hint: What kind of words typically take -n in the accusative?
2. You will hear the forms babain and vllain much more often than the grammatically correct forms baban and
vllan.
However, if the noun is modified, then the noun must be inflected as an accusative definite noun:
In Dialogu 9.1, you encountered three more prepositions that also require the accusative case: me
with, pr for, and pa without:
If a definite noun (where in English you would say the + noun or possessive + noun) follows
me with or pa without, use an accusative definite form for human nouns and an accusative in-
definite form for nonhuman nouns:
Gzimi shkon n shtpi pa shokt. Gzim goes home without (his) friends.
Shkon n shkoll pa stilograf. He goes to school without (his) pen.
However, if the noun appears modified, then use a definite form in both cases:
If a definite noun follows pr for, about, then use the accusative definite form of the noun whether
the object is human or not:
The indefinite form is used after me when what follows is the instrument with which we carry out
the action expressed by the verb (me top with the ball). Otherwise, we use the definite form (me
agjencin with the agency).
In these examples, kt is in the accusative case. The same forms are used when the demonstrative
is used as a pronoun:
The different forms for the demonstrative in the nominative and accusative cases are shown below:
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative ky/ai kjo/ajo kta/ata kto/ato
Accusative kt/at kt/at kta/ata kto/ato
As you can see, in the plural, the masculine and feminine forms are the same in the nominative and
accusative cases. Only the singular forms change.
As you can see in the translation, kush and k are equivalent to who and whom, respectively.
In colloquial English, the form whom is losing ground to who; however, in Albanian, these two
forms are kept separate both in colloquial as well as in formal speech.
You may have observed that kush is used with subjects, while k is used with direct objects or as
the complement of a preposition that requires the accusative case. Kush is the nominative form,
while k is the corresponding accusative form.
In this lesson we will learn a new question word, cili which, which has more forms than kush
who, since it must agree with the noun it modifies. Consider first the masculine noun gazetar
(male) journalist and the corresponding plural form, gazetar (male) journalists:
Consider now the feminine noun gazetare (female) journalist and its corresponding plural form,
gazetare (female) journalists:
Notice that the masculine endings that cili takes are the same endings that studenti the (male) stu-
dent takes (see 28, 38), while the endings of cila are the same endings that vajza the girl takes
(see 27, 41):
Singular Plural
Nominative studenti studentt
Accusative studentin studentt
Singular Plural
Nominative vajza vajzat
Accusative vajzn vajzat
As the chart above shows, you are basically adding the definite article to the bases cil- (masculine)
and cil() (feminine).
USHTRIMI 9.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 9.1.
USHTRIMI 9.2
1. Ku banon Arturi?
_____________________________________________________________
2. far po bn ai tani?
_____________________________________________________________
USHTRIMI 9.3
Ask four questions using the words given. Have different classmates answer your questions.
USHTRIMI 9.4
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the words given in parentheses,
making all necessary changes.
USHTRIMI 9.5
FJALOR
GRAMATIK
(1) Studenti i mir sht ktu. The good student (masc.) is here.
(2) Un shikoj studentin e mir. I see the good student (masc.).
(3) Studentja e mir sht ktu. The good student (fem.) is here.
(4) Un shikoj studenten e mir. I see the good student (fem.).
Class 2 adjectives require a linking article in order to modify a noun; this linking article always pre-
cedes the adjective. Look at examples (1) through (4) above and write down the linking article for
each singular definite noun:
Singular
Masculine Feminine
Nominative ________ _______
Accusative ________ _______
(5) Studentt e mir jan ktu. The good students (masc.) are here.
(6) Un shikoj studentt e mir. I see the good students (masc.).
(7) Studentet e mira jan ktu. The good students (fem.) are here.
(8) Un shikoj studentet e mira. I see the good students (fem.).
Write down the linking article for each plural definite noun in examples (5) through (8) above:
Plural
Masculine Feminine
Nominative ________ ________
Accusative ________ ________
If the definite noun is plural, then the linking article is always e, whether it is masculine or femi-
nine, whether it is nominative or accusative. Notice that in all these cases the adjective immediately
follows the noun. We saw in 31 and 42 that when an adjective modifies a noun directly, we say
that it is an attributive adjective. The following chart shows the forms of the linking article with at-
tributive adjectives:
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative i mir e mir e mir e mira
Accusative e mir e mir e mir e mira
Adjectives can also be used after a copular verb such as jam to be or duket to seem. In these in-
stances, we say that the adjective is a predicative adjective. Consider the following examples.
Write down the linking article for each predicative adjective above:
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative _______ _______ _______ _______
Now compare these linking articles with the linking articles in the previous chart. Notice that the
singular forms are the same as the forms of the attributive adjective. However, in the plural forms,
the linking article t is used instead of e. Thats a complication to bear in mind!
In examples (13) through (16) we are using the adjective in an attributive function since we are not
modifying the noun via a copular verb. In example (13), as expected, we use the linking article e
because we are modifying the feminine plural noun ditt days. In examples (14), (15), and (16),
however, we are still modifying dit(t) e gjata, but now the linking article is t! What happened?
The plural linking article e changes to t when the adjective does not immediately follow the defi-
nite form of the noun. This simple rule also explains the predicative examples in (10) and (12), so
you wont need to remember the difference between attributive and predicative anymore!
The following chart summarizes all the different forms of the linking article when an adjective
modifies a definite noun. The slash indicates the possibility of two forms. Just remember that the
second form is used when the adjective is far away from the definite form of the noun. This rule
will explain both the predicative cases in examples (10) and (12) as well as the strange cases in ex-
amples (14), (15), and (16), where the plural adjective is not next to the definite noun.
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative i mir e mir e/t mir e/t mira
Accusative e/t mir e/t mir e/t mir e/t mira
Complete the following chart with the corresponding form of the linking article when the adjective
modifies a singular indefinite noun:
Singular
Masculine Feminine
Nominative ________ _______
Accusative ________ _______
(5) Ata jan student t mir. They are good students (masc.).
(6) Ato jan studente t mira. They are good students (fem.).
(7) Un njoh disa student t mir. I know some good students (masc.).
(8) Un njoh disa studente t mira. I know some good students (fem.).
Plural
Masculine Feminine
Nominative ________ _______
Accusative ________ _______
As you probably observed, i and e are used only with masculine nominative singular and feminine
singular, respectively. In all other cases, we need to resort to t.
The following chart shows the different forms of the linking article when the adjective modifies an
indefinite noun:
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative i mir e mir t mir t mira
Accusative t mir t mir t mir t mira
60 Ordinal numbers
There are two types of numbers: cardinal and ordinal. We use cardinal numbers when we count
or when we want to indicate quantity: twenty students, ten houses. We use ordinal numbers when
we want to put things in order: the twentieth house, the tenth house. The following charts summa-
rize the different forms of both cardinal and ordinal numbers.
Cardinal Ordinal Cardinal Ordinal
nj i/e par njmbdhjet i/e njmbdhjet
dy i/e dyt dymbdhjet i/e dymbdhjet
tre i/e tret trembdhjet i/e trembdhjet
katr i/e katrt katrmbdhjet i/e katrmbdhjet
pes i/e pest pesmbdhjet i/e pesmbdhjet
gjasht i/e gjasht gjashtmbdhjet i/e gjashtmbdhjet
shtat i/e shtat shtatmbdhjet i/e shtatmbdhjet
tet i/e tet tetmbdhjet i/e tetmbdhjet
nnt i/e nnt nntmbdhjet i/e nntmbdhjet
dhjet i/e dhjet njzet i/e njzet
Notice the difference between primary numbers and ordinal numbers for numbers above twenty:
Cardinal Ordinal Cardinal Ordinal
njzet e nj i,e njzetenj dyzet i,e dyzet
njzet e dy i,e njzetedyt pesdhjet i,e pesdhjet
njzet e tre i,e njzetetret gjashtdhjet i,e gjashtdhjet
njzet e katr i,e njzetekatrt shtatdhjet i,e shtatdhjet
njzet e pes i,e njzetepest tetdhjet i,e tetdhjet
njzet e gjasht i,e njzetegjasht nntdhjet i,e nntdhjet
njzet e shtat i,e njzeteshtat njqind i/e njqindt
njzet e tet i,e njzetetet njqind e i,e njqindtepesdhjete
njzet e nnt i,e njzetennt pesdhjet e nj nj
tridhjet i,e tridhjet dyqind i,e dyqindt
As you can see above, ordinal numbers are class 2 adjectives, and they need to be accompanied by
a linking article (see 31, 42). Numbers from two to five add -t or -t to form the corresponding
ordinal number; higher numbers just add the linking article.
Notice that, unlike cardinal numbers, ordinal numbers follow the noun. In the chart below, you can
see all the forms for student i par the first student:
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative studenti studentja studentt studentet
i par e par e par e para
Accusative studentin studenten studentt studentet
e par e par e par e para
As with other class 2 adjectives, pay attention to the feminine plural forms; these forms are the only
ones that differ from the others (see 32). There are similar forms for the other ordinal numbers: e/
t dyta second, feminine plural, e/t treta third, feminine plural, e/t katrta fourth, feminine
plural, and so on.
Attention:
Notice that the ju form of fle undergoes a stem change, where the -e- in the stem becomes -i-.
ha pi rri di fle
un t ha t pi t rri t di t fle
ti t hash t pish t rrish t dish t flesh
ai, ajo t haj t pij t rrij t dij t flej
ne t ham t pim t rrim t dim t flem
ju t hani t pini t rrini t dini t flini
ata, ato t han t pin t rrin t din t flen
Remember that the future indicative is formed by adding the auxiliary do in front of the subjunc-
tive (52).
ha pi rri di fle
un do t ha do t pi do t rri do t di do t fle
ti do t hash do t pish do t rrish do t dish do t flesh
ai, ajo do t haj do t pij do t rrij do t dij do t flej
ne do t ham do t pim do t rrim do t dim do t flem
ju do t hani do t pini do t rrini do t dini do t flini
ata, ato do t han do t pin do t rrin do t din do t flen
There are three verbs that end in -i but that take different endings from verbs like pi to drink, rri
to stay, and di to know, as shown above. These three verbs belong to class 4. The present indica-
tive for iki to go, eci to walk, ride, and hipi to climb, get on is shown below:
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 9.2.
USHTRIMI 9.7
1. Me k bisedon Klara?
____________________________________________________________
2. Pse telefonon Klara?
____________________________________________________________
3. Pr cilat data sht rezervimi?
____________________________________________________________
4. Sa dhoma rezervon Klara?
____________________________________________________________
5. Cilin kat preferon (paraplqen) ajo?
____________________________________________________________
6. far sht e prfshir n mim?
____________________________________________________________
7. A ka hoteli restorant?
____________________________________________________________
8. Si mund t paguaj Klara?
____________________________________________________________
9. Pr ciln dat krkon ajo nj taksi?
____________________________________________________________
10. far thot recepsionistja?
____________________________________________________________
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the verb.
USHTRIMI 9.9
Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the linking article.
LEXIMI 9.1
Njoftime
Krkoj nj dyqan me qira n Tiran, n rrugn Myslym Shyri ose n rrugn Dshmort e 4
shkurtit me siprfaqe nga 30 deri n 50 m2.
Shes apartament 3+1 n rrugn Sami Frashri, n katin e shtat, i mobiluar shum bukur.
Nga apartamenti shikon pamje t mrekullueshme. Apartamenti ka dy banja. Siprfaqja sht
150 m2. mimi sht 100 euro/ m2.
tel: 2 239 523.
Jap me qira nj vil t re dykatshe. Kati i par sht i prshtatshm pr zyra, kurse kati i dyt
pr banim. Ka edhe nj oborr t madh n pjesn e prparme.
Vila ka punime shum cilsore. Nuk sht e mobiluar.
Cel: 069 20 21 715.
Ofrojm apartamente t reja (me prenotim) nj plus nj dhe dy plus nj, me punime shum
cilsore dhe pamje shum t bukur. Apartamentet kan siprfaqe nga 60 m2 deri n 150 m2.
mimi pr apartamentet sht 450 euro/ m2, kurse pr dyqanet sht 600 m2.
Tel: 2 266 618.
FJALOR
Read the previous ads (njoftime) from the newspaper. With a classmate, play roles where one of
you wants to rent or buy and the other one is renting or selling the indicated product.
USHTRIMI 9.11
1. Krkoj nj apartament me qira 2+1, n Tiran, tek 21 dhjetori. mimi 20 00025 000 lek
(bashk me dritat). Telefon: 876-4814.
2. Shes nj shtpi 1+1, n rrugn Mine Peza. mimi sht i arsyeshm. Shtpia ka nj ba-
llkon dhe korridor. Telefon: 311-8065.
3. Jap me qira nj apartament 1+1, n rrugn Qemal Stafa, me siprfaqe 67 metra katror.
Apartamenti sht i mobiluar. Telefon: 283-7186.
Match the following situations with one of the ads and then carry out the corresponding transac-
tion with a classmate.
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
In Tirana, the five-star Sheraton Hotel is located near the National Park (the artificial lake and
zoo). The Sheraton is a few minutes walk from the Convention Center (Pallati i Kongreseve)
and the Presidential Palace (Presidenca).
Hotel Europapark Rogner is situated on the main boulevard of Tirana, Dshmort e Kombit,
where many ministry buildings, the Presidential Palace, and embassies are located within walk-
ing distance. This makes Hotel Europapark a meeting place for the international world of busi-
ness, politics, and art.
Chateau Linza is located on the hill in the Linza area facing the city of Tirana, at the foot of Dajti
Mountain, only fifteen minutes from downtown and one hour from Rinas airport.
In Prishtina, the Grand Hotel is located in the premier shopping and business district. A few
steps from the National Theater (Teatri Kombtar), the Grand Hotel is perfectly situated for easy
exploration of Prishtinas principal attractions. It was built in 1978 and has 13 floors and 368
rooms.
Hotel Prishtina is located within the heart of the citys most important business district. This
hotel has 4 floors and 45 rooms and suites.
155
Ejona: Po festa ndrkombtare, a festoni?
Rea: M 1 Maj festojm Ditn e Puntorve, kurse m 19 Tetor festojm Ditn e Lumturimit t
Nn Terezs.
Ejona: Ju keni nj fest zyrtare pr Nn Terezn?
Rea: Po, Nn Tereza sht me origjin shqiptare. Emri i vrtet i Nn Terezs sht Gonxhe
Bojaxhi. Q nga 19 tetori 2004, Dita e Lumturimit t Nn Terezs, sht fest zyrtare pr
shqiptart.
Ejona: Po dit prkujtimore keni?
Rea: Kemi disa dit prkujtimore: si 5 Majin (Dita e Dshmorve), 7 Marsin (Dita e Msuesit),
8 Marsin (Dita Ndrkombtare e Gruas), 1 Qershorin (Dita Ndrkombtare e Fmijve), etj.
FJALOR
GRAMATIK
The nouns in bold above are in the genitive case, and they indicate the possessor. How do we form
the genitive case of a definite noun that indicates the possessor? Do you see a pattern? What form
do we take as the base? What do we add to that base?
You can see in the examples above that there is also a linking article. What does this linking article
agree with, the possessor or the possessed object?
_______________________________________________________________
Lets go step by step and consider first the genitive form of masculine singular nouns:
Nominative Genitive
Indefinite Definite Definite
Novruz Novruzi Novruzit (Novrus)
baba babai babait (father)
student studenti studentit (student, masc.)
libr libri librit (book)1
Ali Aliu Aliut (Ali)
shok shoku shokut (friend)
Irak Iraku Irakut (Iraq)
1. Notice that libr book drops -- to form the definite form. The genitive form is formed on the definite form of
the noun libri the book; thus, there is no -- in the genitive form librit of the book either.
(1)
Ky sht libri i msuesit. This is the teachers (masc.) book.
Kjo sht shtpia e msuesit. This is the teachers (masc.) house.
Kta jan librat e msuesit. These are the teachers (masc.) books.
Kto jan shtpit e msuesit. These are the teachers (masc.) houses.
As we saw with class 2 adjectives, the linking article must always agree in gender, case, number,
and definiteness with the noun it modifies. In the previous examples, the (definite) possessee is in
the nominative case. If the possessee is in the accusative case (i.e., it is a direct object), then the
form of the linking article will always be e (see 58 and 59):
(2)
Un shoh librin e msuesit. I see the teachers (masc.) book.
Un shoh shtpin e msuesit. I see the teachers (masc.) house.
Un shoh librat e msuesit. I see the teachers (masc.) books.
Un shoh shtpit e msuesit. I see the teachers (masc.) houses.
When we have an indefinite possessee, the linking article also takes different forms, since it is sen-
sitive to the gender, case, number, and definiteness of the possessee. Notice that the genitive form
of the possessor, however, remains unchanged:
(3)
Ky sht nj libr i msuesit. This is one of the teachers (masc.) books.
Kjo sht nj fletore e msuesit. This is one of the teachers (masc.) notebooks.
Kta jan disa libra t msuesit. These are some of the teachers (masc.) books.
Kto jan disa fletore t msuesit. These are some of the teachers (masc.) notebooks.
(4)
Un shoh nj libr t msuesit. I see one of the teachers (masc.) books.
Un shoh nj fletore t msuesit. I see one of the teachers (masc.) notebooks.
Un shoh disa libra t msuesit. I see some of the teachers (masc.) books.
Un shoh disa fletore t msuesit. I see some of the teachers (masc.) notebooks.
The following chart summarizes the forms of the linking article used to express possession when
the element possessed is a definite noun (see examples in [1] and [2] above). Remember that the
linking article agrees with the element that is possessed:
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative i e e e
Accusative e e e e
Lets now consider the formation of the genitive form of feminine singular definite nouns. The
nouns in bold are feminine nouns in the genitive case:
How do we form the genitive form of feminine definite nouns? What is the base form? What do
we add to that base?
What does the linking article agree with, the possessor or the possessee?
_______________________________________________________________
You discovered that there are two endings to form the genitive case of feminine definite nouns: -s
and -s. Lets see if you can figure out when you use -s and when you use -s. Consider the follow-
ing examples:
Nominative Genitive
Indefinite Definite Definite
nn nna nns (mother)
Drit Drita Drits (Drita)
studente studentja studentes (student, fem.)
msuese msuesja mesueses (teacher, fem.)
Shqipri Shqipria Shqipris (Albania)
shtpi shtpia shtpis (house)
You probably discovered that the genitive form of feminine singular definite nouns is built on the
nominative indefinite form of the feminine noun. We add -s when the last syllable of the indefinite
form is unstressed. If the last syllable is stressed, then we add -s.2
2. For pronunciation purposes, -s and -s are pronounced the same way when you speak at normal speed; thus, both
nns of the mother and shtpis of the house would have two syllables. In more careful speech, however, -s would
add an extra syllable to the original word.
Nominative Genitive
Indefinite Definite Definite
motr motra motrs (sister)
ndrr ndrra ndrrs (dream)
vegl vegla vegls (tool)
Feminine possessors also need a linking article to connect to the element being possessed. The link-
ing article agrees with the preceding possessed object, as with class 2 adjectives (see 31 and 42):
Kta jan librat e msueses. These are the teachers (fem.) books.
Kto jan shtpit e msueses. These are the teachers (fem.) houses.
The linking article is sensitive to the gender, case, number, and definiteness of the noun it modifies.
Notice that the genitive form of the noun msuese female teacher remains unchanged in the fol-
lowing examples, where the possessee is now in the accusative case (the possessee is a direct ob-
ject). Only the linking article changes form (see 42 and 58):
Notice the form of the linking article when the possessed noun is indefinite. On the other hand, the
genitive form of msuese remains unchanged:
Kta jan disa libra t msueses. These are some of the teachers (fem.) books.
Kto jan disa fletore t msueses. These are some of the teachers (fem.) notebooks.
Un shoh disa libra t msueses. I see some of the teachers (fem.) books.
Un shoh disa fletore t msueses. I see some of the teachers (fem.) notebooks.
The following charts summarize the different forms of the linking article when the possessee is
definite:
The following charts summarize the forms of the linking article when the possessed object is in-
definite:
How do we construct the genitive form of definite plural nouns? Which form do we take as the
base? What suffix do we add to that base? Do masculine and feminine nouns differ in the way
their genitive plural definite form is constructed?
You have just discovered that the genitive plural of definite nouns, both masculine and feminine, is
formed by adding -ve to the plural indefinite form.
As with singular forms, we need a linking article to connect the possessor (in the genitive case) with
the possessed object. The linking article will always agree in gender, case, number, and definiteness
with the possessed object, while the genitive form of the possessor remains unchanged:
The following charts summarize the forms of the linking article when the possessee is definite:
The following charts summarize the forms of the linking article when the possessee is indefinite:
1. to indicate possession:
With measure phrases, you use just the plural form of count nouns (notice that in English you use
a genitive form with the preposition of):
Remember that the plural linking articles i and e change to t when the linking article is not next
to a definite noun (see 31 and 42). This explains the use of t kujt rather than i/e kujt when the
question word appears at the beginning of the question in the last two sets of examples. Use a par-
allel structure to answer these questions:
3. With the measure phrase nj liter a liter you need to use the ablative case (see 89 to 91): nj litr qumsht
a liter of milk.
4. Notice that if the preceding sentence is not pronounced, we must use the linking article t instead of e. As we
saw in 42, t is used when the linking article is not immediately adjacent to the definite noun it modifies.
The same forms of the linking article are used when we modify a genitive noun with a class 2
adjective:
S changes to t if s is not next to the noun it modifies or if this noun is not definite:
Notice that in the examples above, the first adjective appears with the linking article s, while the
second modifier (whether a possessor or an adjective) appears with the linking article t since the
latter is not adjacent to the noun it modifies. We saw a similar phenomenon for e in 42.
The following chart summarizes the different forms of the linking article when modifying a defi-
nite noun. Where there are two forms, the second form is obligatorily used if the modifying ele-
ment (whether a class 2 adjective or a possessive) is not next (or adjacent) to the definite noun it
modifies.
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative i e e/t e/t
Accusative e/t e/t e/t e/t
Genitive t s/t e/t e/t
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 10.1.
1. ____ N Shqipri bashkjetojn n harmoni tri fe, feja myslimane, feja ortodokse dhe feja
katolike.
2. ____ N Shqipri, nuk festojn festat fetare katolike m t rndsishme.
3. ____ Dita e Sulltan Novruzit sht festa e katolikve.
4. ____ Bektashizmi sht nj sekt fetar islamik.
5. ____ M 10 mars, n Shqipri, festojn Ditn e Vers.
6. ____ Dita e Vers sht nj fest pagane.
7. ____ Dita e Pavarsis s Shqipris sht m 28 Nntor.
8. ____ Dita e lirimit t Shqipris sht m 30 nntor.
9. ____ Nn Tereza sht me origjin shqiptare.
10. ____ Data 19 nntor sht festa e Lumturimit t Nn Terezs.
11. ____ Pes Maji sht Dita e Dshmorve.
12. ____ Dita e Msuesit sht m 8 Mars.
13. ____ M 1 Qershor sht Dita e Fmijve.
USHTRIMI 10.2
USHTRIMI 10.3
Explain the use of the linking articles i, e, s, and t in the following examples. Identify the case
(nominative, accusative, genitive), gender (masculine, feminine), and number (singular, plural) of
the noun being modified. Refer to the charts of linking articles in 62:
USHTRIMI 10.4
Complete the following sentences with the necessary linking article and the genitive form of the
noun in parentheses. Then make the sentences plural, changing the possessor and the possessee into
the plural.
5. You have learned the word anglisht, as in Un flas anglisht I speak English. However, anglisht is an adverb,
so when you say Un flas anglisht, you are actually saying something close to I speak in an English way. If you add -e
to the language adverb, you get the corresponding language, so anglishte is the English language, italishte the Italian
language, shqipe the Albanian language, and so on. Fjalor i shqipes means dictionary of the Albanian language.
FJALOR
We have already seen that the linking article always agrees in gender, case, number, and definite-
ness with the noun that the possessive modifies. Here we will concentrate on the forms of the in-
definite possessor. Lets first consider masculine singular indefinite nouns:
Do these endings remind you of any other form you have studied?
_______________________________________________________________
Lets now concentrate on the way you form the genitive indefinite:
1. To form the genitive indefinite of masculine singular nouns, add -u if the noun ends in -k, -g,
or -h. Otherwise, add -i. As you can see, these forms are exactly the same as those of the nomi-
native definite (see 28). It is a bit shocking to find these forms here, since these forms are not
definite!
2. To form the genitive indefinite of a feminine singular noun, there are basically three patterns
(cf. 27):
a. If the indefinite nominative noun ends in -, replace - with -e (ekspozit i/e nj ekspoz-
ite of an exhibit).6
b. If the nominative indefinite noun ends in a stressed -i, add -e (shtpi i/e nj shtpie of a
house).
6. The same rule applies to nouns ending in -r (motr i/e nj motre of a sister), -rr (ndrr i nj ndrre
of a dream), -l (vegl vegle of a tool).
3. To form genitive plural indefinite nouns, both masculine and feminine, simply add -ve to the
nominative plural indefinite form. Notice that the forms are the same as the corresponding geni-
tive plural definite forms (63).
Genitive endings for both indefinite and definite nouns are summarized in the following charts for
easy reference:
Masculine singular:
Masculine plural:
Feminine singular:
Feminine plural:
7. The word grua woman falls into the elsewhere rule. It does not end in - or -e, so it ought to take -je. That
is exactly what we observe: grua i/e nj gruaje of a woman.
In these examples, you are asking about the identity of the possessor. In some cases, you may know
the identity of the possessor (i.e., that it is a boy or a girl), but you may want to make that informa-
tion more specific (which boy?, which girl?). In this instance, you would use cili rather than kujt:
Librat e cilve djem jan kta? Which boys books are these?
T cilve djem jan kta libra?8 lit., Which boys are these books?
Librat e cilave vajza jan kta? Which girls books are these?
T cilave vajza jan kta libra? lit., Which girls are these books?
Notice that in the examples above, the linking article agrees with the possessee (the object pos-
sessed), while cili agrees with the possessor. As you can see, cili is inflected for gender, case, and
number; the possessor, on the other hand, is not inflected for case.
The following chart summarizes the forms of cili in the three cases that we have studied so far:
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative cili cila cilt cilat
Accusative cilin ciln cilt cilat
Genitive i/e/t cilit i/e/t cils i/e/t cilve i/e/t cilave
8. Notice the change of e to t in this example and in the following when the linking article is not next to the
definite noun it modifies (see 65, 47).
The following charts summarize the forms of the demonstrative adjectives/pronouns in the nomina-
tive, accusative, and genitive cases.
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative ky kjo kta kto
Accusative kt kt kta kto
Genitive i/e/t ktij i/e/t ksaj i/e/t ktyre i/e/t ktyre
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative ai ajo ata ato
Accusative at at ata ato
Genitive i/e/t atij i/e/t asaj i/e/t atyre i/e/t atyre
USHTRIMI 10.5
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 10.2.
USHTRIMI 10.7
USHTRIMI 10.8
Change the nouns in bold in the following sentences to the corresponding feminine form, as in the
example. Make all other necessary changes:
FJALOR
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM) based on
Leximi 10.1. Where they are false or not mentioned, briefly explain why (in Albanian!).
USHTRIMI 10.10
Together with a classmate, create dialogues using the following information. Try to read the ads
without consulting a dictionary, even though there may be words you dont know. Try to guess their
meaning from the context.
Pianist shqiptar dhe t huaj vijn me nj recital pr piano n Teatrin e Opers dhe t Baletit.
Ata do t interpretojn pjes nga Bahu, Vivaldi, Shopen, Brahms, Shubert etj.
Kinema Millenium
Filmi Letra fatale
Nga data 12 dhjetor
Tel: 253 654
Kinema Millenium shfaq filmin Letra fatale. Ky sht nj film mbi rinin dhe problemet
e sotme sociale. N qendr sht jeta dhe fati i dy t rinjve. Filmi sht prodhim i Radio-
Televizionit Shqiptar.
about clothes
how to shop for clothes
class 6 verbs
the passive form of verbs
the dative case
the impersonal passive forms
DIALOGU 11.1
180
Jeta: Mir. Por po shqetsohem sepse nuk po prgjigjet as n telefonin e shtpis.
Mimoza: Presim dhe pak. Me siguri q do t telefonoj vet m von.
Jeta: Po sikur t mos telefonoj?
Mimoza: Ather, para se t kthehemi pr n shtpi, do t shkojm tek Nora t pyesim si sht me
shndet.
FJALOR
Now you complete the forms for the verbs lahem to wash oneself and prgjigjem to answer:
lahem prgjigjem
un ___________ ___________
ti ___________ ___________
ai, ajo ___________ ___________
ne ___________ ___________
ju ___________ ___________
ata, ato ___________ ___________
As you can see above, many of the verbs that end in -(h)em are verbs where the subject both carries
out and receives the action of the verb. Because of this property, verbs like zgjohem to wake up,
lahem to wash oneself, and vishem to dress oneself are called reflexive verbs.
Nna zgjon vajzn n orn 8. The mother wakes the girl up at 8 oclock.
Nna zgjohet n orn 7. The mother wakes up at 7 oclock.
Nna lan vajzn do dit. The mother bathes the girl every day.
Nna lahet do mngjes. The mother takes a bath every morning.
As you can see above, when the subject performs the action on another person, then we use the
transitive form of the verb, where the direct object is the (different) person receiving the action of
the verb. If the subject both carries out and receives the action, then we must use the -(h)em form
of the verb.
1. In Dialogu 11.1 you had the following sentence: Un do t vesh nj pal pantallona t zeza. (I will wear a pair of
black pants [lit., I will dress a pair of black pants].) In this case, the verb vesh is being used transitively; thus, we do not
use the corresponding class 6 verb. If we make the verb intransitive, then a class 6 verb is called for: Un do t vishem
me pantallona t zeza. (I will wear a pair of black pants.)
If the verb changes stem in the second- person plural, use this stem all throughout the -(h)em form.
Below you can see the conjugations for for vesh to dress (someone) and vishem to dress one-
self as well as for marr to take and merrem to be engaged (with something). Notice that the
-hem form comes from the second- person plural: vish he or she dresses (someone) and merr he
or she takes:
vesh vishem marr merrem
un vesh vishem marr merrem
ti vesh vishesh merr merresh
ai, ajo vesh vishet merr merret
ne veshim vishemi marrim merremi
ju vishni visheni merrni merreni
ata, ato veshin vishen marrin merren
The following verbs are interpreted as reflexive verbs when used with the -(h)em form:
As you can see with the pair marr to take and merrem to be engaged (with something), the se-
mantic relation is not as transparent as with the other pairs of verbs that we saw before. Therefore,
we recommend that you memorize these -(h)em verbs as separate verbs from their corresponding
transitive nonreflexive forms.
As with marr to take and merrem to be engaged (with something), some verbs will also un-
dergo a slight change of meaning, thus further suggesting that you should memorize these forms
as separate verbs:
ankohem to complain
duhet must
dukem to seem
ndodhem to be located
prgjigjem to answer
prpiqem to try
In the next sections, we will see other constructions that make use of the -(h)em form.
71 Passive constructions
Consider the following sentences:
The first sentence is an active sentence because the subject performs the action of the verb. The
second example is a passive sentence because the subject receives rather than performs the action
of the verb. Notice that in English we use the passive auxiliary verb to be + the past participle to
form such constructions. In Albanian we use the -hem form of the verb to form a passive construc-
tion. Below are a few more examples:
Notice the use of nga in the passive sentence to express the agent of the action.
Progressive forms are formed by putting the particle po in front of the verb:
The present subjunctive is formed by putting t in front of the corresponding form of the present
indicative. Second- and third- person singular forms keep their -(h)em form in the subjunctive as
well, unlike what is observed with the equivalent forms in classes 1 5 (cf. 49):
2. Most traditional and pedagogical grammars of Albanian that follow that tradition do not consider class 6 a
separate class of verbs. We argue for a class 6 for verbs ending in -(h)em here because, first, these verbs have a distinct
paradigm in all the different tenses; second, verbs like ankohem to complain and others would not belong to any class
of verbs if there were no class 6, since they do not have a corresponding transitive counterpart; and third, there are verbs
that change meaning when they are used in the -(h)em form.
The future form is formed by putting the auxiliary do t in front of the verb. Again, -(h)em verbs
do not change in the second- or third- person singular, unlike what is observed in other verb classes
(cf. 52):
The following chart summarizes the forms of the present indicative, present subjunctive, and future
for the two types of class 6 verbs: those that end in -hem and those that end in -em, respectively.
Present Present Present Present
Indicative Subjunctive/Future Indicative Subjunctive/Future
un zgjohem (do) t zgjohem nisem (do) t nisem
ti zgjohesh (do) t zgjohesh nisesh (do) t nisesh
ai, ajo zgjohet (do) t zgjohet niset (do) t niset
ne zgjohemi (do) t zgjohemi nisemi (do) t nisemi
ju zgjoheni (do) t zgjoheni niseni (do) t niseni
ata, ata zgjohen (do) t zgjohen nisen (do) t nisen
USHTRIMI 11.1
The following statements, based on Dialogu 11.1, are all false. Briefly indicate why.
1. Me k po bisedon Jeta?
____________________________________________________________
2. Ku do t shkoj Jeta?
____________________________________________________________
3. far thot Mimoza?
____________________________________________________________
4. Pse ngrihet Mimoza menjher nga krevati?
____________________________________________________________
5. po bn Jeta?
____________________________________________________________
6. far do t bj Mimoza?
____________________________________________________________
7. K merr Jeta n telefon?
____________________________________________________________
8. Kur martohet ajo?
____________________________________________________________
9. far do t blej Jeta? Po Mimoza?
____________________________________________________________
10. Pse shqetsohen vajzat?
___________________________________________________________
USHTRIMI 11.3
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the verb in parentheses.
FJALOR
The strong forms of the dative personal pronouns are not obligatory in a structure; they are only
used for contrast or for emphasis, and they must co-occur with the weak form:
In the next section we will study the basic uses of the dative pronouns.
Notice that the verb plqen to like appears in two forms in the previous examples: plqen and
plqejn. When do we use each form?
What do the dative pronouns refer to? To the object we like or to the person who likes something?
_______________________________________________________________
It is important to notice that the verb agrees with the object that we like, which is the grammatical
subject. The person who likes appears as a dative pronoun. Thus, when you say M plqen kjo
kmish, its as if you were saying This shirt is pleasing to me, and the verb appears in the singu-
lar because the object that we like (the grammatical subject) is kjo kmish this shirt. If instead of
kjo kmish we had the corresponding plural form, kto kmish these shirts, then, as expected,
the verb also changes to the plural form: M plqejn kto kmish.
Another verb that is used like plqen to like is the verb dhemb to hurt:
Notice that the possessive is not used with the noun, as it is in English. The possessor is understood
through the dative pronoun. Notice that with both plqen to like and dhemb to hurt the gram-
matical subject (the object liked or the part that hurts) typically appears after the verb.
In the dialogue you encountered other verbs that function like plqen in that they take a dative pro-
noun:
Unlike what we observed with plqej and dhemb, where the subject typically follows the verb, with
the verbs rri and shkoj the subject may appear either before or after the verb with these verbs.
M duket se bluza t rri mir. It seems to me that the shirt fits you well.
The expressions vjen keq to be sorry (lit., it comes bad) and vjen mir to be pleased (lit., it
comes well) also take an indirect object:
Vjen keq is taken in a more literal sense in the following expression in the dialogue:
T vjen keq t pressh pak minuta? Is it inconvenient for you to wait for a few minutes?
2. The most common and basic function of the dative pronoun is to indicate the recipient (i.e.,
someone who receives something), and as such, it is typically used with indirect objects:
Dative pronouns are also typically used with verbs of communication, where we can imagine that
the content of the message is received by someone (hence also a recipient):
3. Some verbs allow an impersonal passive construction. These impersonal passive constructions
typically appear with indirect object clitic pronouns:
Po u shkruaj prindrve.
Im writing to my parents.
Remember that the indirect object is the one that is a recipient. The nouns above in bold are indirect
objects. Briefly explain the use of the pronouns i and u in the examples above:
Each noun in bold is in its dative form. What do these dative forms remind you of?
_______________________________________________________________
The dative forms are the same forms as the genitives that you learned in Lesson 10! (see 62 and
63). Remember that the word order in Albanian is quite flexible, so dont be surprised to find the
indirect object in different places in a sentence. However, no matter where it appears, the indirect
object must always be doubled by a clitic pronoun:
Where does the dative clitic pronoun appear in relation to the following elements?
You may have observed that the dative clitic pronoun always follows all of the above markers.
The generalization we can draw from examples (1) through (5) above is that dative clitic pronouns
always precede and are immediately adjacent to the verb.
77 Dative demonstratives
Consider the following examples:
Do these demonstrative forms remind you of any other form you have studied before?
_______________________________________________________________
What about the endings on the nouns that follow the demonstratives? Have you encountered these
endings before?
_______________________________________________________________
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative ky kjo kta kto
Accusative kt kt kta kto
Genitive/Dative ktij ksaj ktyre ktyre
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative ai ajo ata ato
Accusative at at ata ato
Genitive/Dative atij asaj atyre atyre
Kujt po i telefonon tani? Whom are you calling on the phone now?
Po i telefonoj Drits. Im calling Drita now.
If instead of who you want to ask which, then you must use the dative form of cili:
Cilit djal po i blen nj dhurat? Which boy are you buying a present for?
Po i blej Artanit nj dhurat. Im buying a present for Artan.
Cils studente po i tregon revistn? Which student (fem.) are you showing the
magazine to?
Po i tregoj Vers revistn. Im showing Vera the magazine.
Cilve djem po u blen nj dhurat? Which boys are you buying a present for?
Po u blej Artanit dhe Sokolit nj dhurat. Im buying Artan and Sokol a present.
Cilave vajza po u tregon revistn? Which girls are you showing the magazine to?
Po u tregoj Vers dhe Drits revistn. Im showing Vera and Drita the magazine.
The following chart includes the forms of kush who and cili which in the different cases that
we have studied so far:
USHTRIMI 11.4
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 11.2.
USHTRIMI 11.5
USHTRIMI 11.6
Complete the following sentences with the weak form of the dative pronoun. Remember that the
use of the strong dative pronoun emphasizes or contrasts the indirect object.
Complete the following sentences with the strong form of the dative pronoun.
USHTRIMI 11.7
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the noun and the corresponding
weak pronouns.
LEXIMI 11.1
FJALOR
USHTRIMI 11.8
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM). If they are
false or not mentioned, briefly explain why (in Albanian).
USHTRIMI 11.9
Answer the following questions based on Leximi 11.1. Give as much information as you can.
1. far ka n Tiran?
_____________________________________________________________
2. A ka dyqane me mallrat t firmave t njohura?
_____________________________________________________________
3. A kan klient kto qendra tregtare?
_____________________________________________________________
4. far ofrojn dyqanet?
_____________________________________________________________
5. A ka dyqane t veanta?
_____________________________________________________________
DIALOGU 12.1
199
FJALOR
USHTRIMI 12.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 12.1.
USHTRIMI 12.2
LEXIMI 12.1
Prizreni
Prizreni sht nj qytet i lasht me vlera t shumta historike, kulturore dhe arkitekturore.
T dhnat arkeologjike dshmojn se Prizreni sht nj nga qytetet m t vjetra n Evropn
Juglindore. Arkeologt mendojn se jeta n Prizren fillon me Therandn, nj qendr dardane
(fis ilir), q ndodhet 6 km larg nga Prizreni i sotm.
Prizreni ka objekte me vlera historike q dshmojn pr lashtsin e tij.
Prizreni sht i prmendur n shum burime historike si n dokumente me karakter eko-
nomik ose politik dhe n kronika, apo vepra fetare dhe shkencore.
N periudha t ndryshme historike, Prizreni del me emra t ndryshm: n dokumentet
latine emrin Prisrien, Prisrenum etj, kurse n dokumentet osmane me emrat Tarzerin, Perse-
rin etj. N Prizren ka terma dhe mure nga periudha romake (tek Sahat Kulla), si dhe mozaik.
Prizreni quhet Qytet- muze.
USHTRIMI 12.3
Complete the following text with the appropriate form of the word(s) indicated in parentheses.
Make all the necessary changes. The words have been classified according to their syntactic class.
You may use some words more than once.
Nouns:
arkeolog, burim, t dhnat, dokument, emr, Evrop, fis, jet, kronik, mozaik, mur,
periudh, Prizren, qendr, qytet, Therand, vepr
Adjectives:
dardan, ekonomik, fetar, juglindor, historik, i lasht, latin, i ndryshm, osman, i prmendur,
politik, romak, i sotm, shkencor, i vjetr
Verbs:
dshmoj, filloj, mendoj, ndodhet
Prepositions:
n, nga, tek
_______ (Prisren) sht qytet _______ (ancient). ______ (The data) arkeologjike _______
(witness) se Prizreni sht nj _____ (from) _______ (the cities) _____________ (oldest)
n ________ (Europe) _______ (southeastern). __________ (Archaeologists) _______
(think/believe) se ________ (life) _____ (in) _______ (Prisren) __________ (starts)
me ____________ (Theranda), nj _______ (center) ________ (Dardan) (_______
[tribe] ilir), q __________ (is located) 6 km nga Prizreni ________ (todays). Prizreni
____________ (is mentioned) n shum ______________(historical sources) si n
_______ (documents) me karakter _________ (economic) ose ________ (political) dhe
n __________ (chronicles), apo ___________ (works) ___________ (religious) dhe
__________ (scientific). N periudha _________ (different/various) historike, Prizreni
del me ___________________ (different names): n dokumentet __________ (Latin)
me __________ (the name) Prisrien, Prisrenum etj, kurse n ________ (the Ottoman docu-
ments) me _______ (the names) Tarzerin, Perserin etj. N ________ (Prisren) e sotm ka
terma dhe ________ (walls) nga ___________ (the Roman period) (____ [at] Sahat Kulla),
si dhe ________ (mosaics).
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
Sahat Kulla, built in the nineteenth century, was reconstructed in brick after it burned down.
Hamami i madh dates back to the fifteenth century. This building was a fundamental part of the
complex of the Mosque of King Fatih.
Shadrvani is a marble decorated fountain. It is located between Xhamia e arshis and the
Museum of Kosovo. It is the only public fountain that remains in Prishtina.
Varrezat e hebrenjve (the cemeteries of the Jews) are located on top of the hill of Tauk Bashqa.
They date back to the nineteenth century, the period during which there was a population of
about 1 500 Jews in Prishtina.
Nnkalaja has a unique urban structure: narrow winding lanes climbing up the hill and small old
houses with a beautiful view of the town.
Kalaja (the Fortress) is considered the symbol of Prizren, and it is extremely important for
Kosovos cultural identity. The Fortress is built on a high hill on the southeastern side of the city.
It is now on the list of endangered World Heritage Sites.
205
Brizi: Po. Plazh bm n Potam, Ksamil dhe Sarand. Atje mbetn t mahnitur nga bukuria e
natyrs shqiptare.
Drini: Shkuat n Butrint?
Brizi: Patjetr. Butrinti ishte pjes e rndsishme e ktij udhtimi. Atje pam qytetin antik, kurse
n mbrmje ndoqm nj shfaqje teatrale n Teatrin e Butrintit. N Butrint kishte shum
turist shqiptar dhe t huaj.
Drini: A mbett t knaqur nga ky udhtim?
Brizi: Shum t knaqur. Vitin tjetr mund t organizojm nj udhtim n vende t tjera turistike.
FJALOR
GRAMATIK
These examples demonstrate the simple past indicative, which is typically used to indicate that an ac-
tion has been completed or finished in the past. Some typical past expressions are the following:
dje yesterday
t hnn e kaluar, t hnn q shkoi last Monday
t mrkurn e kaluar, t mrkurn q shkoi last Wednesday
javn e kaluar, javn q shkoi last week
muajin e kaluar, muajin q shkoi last month
vitin e kaluar, vitin q shkoi/kaloi last year
javn e kaluar, nj jav m par a week ago
muajin e kaluar, muajin q shkoi a month ago
nj vit m par, vitin q shkoi a year ago
Lets start with the verbs that end in -aj, -ej, -ij, or -yj:1
Verbs that end in -oj or -uaj have the following endings in the past indicative:
punoj shkruaj2
to work to write
un punova shkrova
ti punove shkrove
ai, ajo punoi shkroi
ne punuam shkruam
ju punuat shkruat
ata, ato punuan shkruan
Verbs that end in -yej take the following endings. Notice that the -y- disappears in the singular
forms but reappears in the plural forms:3
thyej
to break
un theva
ti theve
ai, ajo theu
ne thyem
ju thyet
ata, ato thyen
There are a few exceptions to the forms we saw above, but dont get too anxious! The irregularities
are of two types, and not many verbs fall into this category. The verbs bj to do and the hyj to
enter take the following forms. Notice that the singular forms bear an -r- that is not present in the
past endings we discussed earlier:
1. Because of all the irregularities found in the past indicative, we will list the first person singular of the simple past
indicative form of all verbs, whether regular or irregular. This form will appear following the simple present indicative
form. In the glossary at the end of the book, verbs will appear with three forms. Take punoj to work, for instance. In
the glossary at the end of the book you will find pun/oj, -ova, -uar. Punoj is the present indicative, punova is the simple
past, and punuar is the past participle, respectively.
2. In colloquial Albanian you will also hear shkruajta. This form, however, is not considered standard.
3. The verb plqej to like also behaves like thyej to break: plqeva, plqeve, plqeu, plqyem, plqyet,
plqyen.
A few verbs take an extra -t- in the past indicative. Contrary to the -r- with the two verbs noted
above, this -t- is kept throughout the past indicative paradigm:
pi
to drink
un piva
ti pive
ai, ajo piu
ne pim
ju pit
ata, ato pin
However, many class 3 verbs are irregular. Some form the past indicative with -ta:
Other class 3 verbs take -ra, but only in the singular forms:
If the verb ends in -h, then the third person singular takes -u rather than -i:4
kreh to comb (someones hair): kreha, krehe, krehu, krehm, kreht, krehn
njoh to know: njoha, njohe, njohu, njohm, njoht, njohn
Class 2 verbs that end in -as, -es, or -yes take -ta in the past indicative. Notice that the vowel pre-
ceding -s in the stem becomes -i- when it precedes -ta:
brtas to shout: brtita, brtite, brtiti, brtitm, brtitt, brtitn
pres to wait: prita, prite, priti, pritm, pritt, pritn5
shes to sell: shita, shite, shiti, shitm, shitt, shitn
Verbs that end in -yes drop the -s and take -ta; no -i- is necessary:
Other verbs change stem, but the endings remain the same as those for hap above. The following
verbs take an -o- in the past indicative:
The following verbs also change their stem, but instead of taking an -o-, they take an -i-. Notice that
the final -i for the third- person singular is absorbed by -q:
4. This rule refers to the sound [h] rather than to the letter h. Notice the past indicative of the verb vesh to dress
(someone): vesha, veshe, veshi, veshm, vesht, veshn.
5. Notice that the verb pres to cut takes the following endings (compare these forms with those of the verb pres
to wait in the text): preva, preve, preu, prem, pret, pren.
6. Thrras to call can also take -ta in the simple past: thrrita, thrrite, thrriti, thrritm, thrritt, thrritn.
USHTRIMI 13.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM) in Dialogu
13.1. When a statement is false, briefly say why (in Albanian!).
USHTRIMI 13.2
1. Me k bisedon Drini?
_____________________________________________________________
2. Ku ishte Brizi?
_____________________________________________________________
3. Cilin vend vizituan n fillim?
_____________________________________________________________
7. The imperfect tense rather than the simple past tense of the verb jam is used more often to express the past. The
forms are: isha, ishe, ishte, ishim, ishit, ishin.
8. The imperfect forms of the verb kam are also used more often than those of the past tense. The imperfect forms
are: kisha, kishe, kishte, kishim, kishit, kishin.
USHTRIMI 13.3
Complete the following sentences with the past indicative of the verbs in parentheses.
Genti: Mirdita!
Shitsi: Mirdita! Si mund tju ndihmoj?
Genti: Interesohem pr libra t autorve shqiptar. far m sugjeroni?
Shitsi: Interesoheni pr libra t shkrimtarve modern apo t tradits?
Genti: E kam porosi nga disa miq q nuk jetojn n Shqipri q t blej libra nga shkrimtar t
ndryshm shqiptar. Ata duan ti pasurojn bibliotekat e tyre me libra n gjuhn shqipe, q
fmijt e tyre ta njohin letrsin shqipe. far m kshilloni t marr?
Shitsi: S pari, ju kshilloj t merrni veprn e poetit Naim Frashri.
Genti: Shum mir. Po e marr. Tjetr?
Shitsi: Blini dhe veprn e Faik Konics. sht n katr vllime.
Genti: Mir. Po i marr t katr vllimet.
Shitsi: Po nga veprat e Ismail Kadares, far doni t merrni?
Genti: E keni librin Kronik n gur?
FJALOR
From now on, all verbs except class 6 verbs will be introduced in the present, simple past, and past
participle forms.
Po, e kemi.
Yes, we have it (lit., Yes, it we have).
The words in bold are direct object pronouns, or clitics, in Albanian. As the indirect object pro-
nouns (73) they can appear in two forms, a strong form and a weak one (also called a clitic pro-
noun). The chart below summarizes both forms:
Strong Accusative Form Weak Accusative Form
un mua m
ti ty t
ai at e
ajo at e
ne ne na
ju ju ju
ata ata i
ato ato i
The weak forms cannot be used separately from the verb, and thus we use the term clitic pronouns
to refer to them. The strong forms of the accusative personal pronouns, on the other hand, are not
obligatory and can be used alone, without the verb. However, when they are used in a sentence, they
are used only for contrast or emphasis, and they must necessarily co-occur with the weak form:
Ai e takoi n universitet.
He met her/him at the university.
Ai e takoi at n rrug.
He met her/him on the street.
In the next section we will study the basic uses of the weak accusative clitic pronouns.
Po, e kemi.
Yes, we have it.
In Albanian, an accusative weak clitic pronoun is typically used if the direct object is definite. We
see that the accusative clitics i and e above anticipate the direct object. This phenomenon, where
both the clitic and the object appear simultaneously, is called clitic doubling.
Remember that word order is quite flexible in Albanian. If the direct object precedes the verb, then
the weak accusative clitic pronoun must appear obligatorily:
In the example above, the direct object is definite. The accusative clitic may appear even when an
indefinite direct object precedes the verb:
M falni, por dua tju pyes edhe pr vepra t autorve t tjer shqiptar.
Excuse me, but I want to ask you about works by other Albanian authors.
A mund ta shoh?
Can I see it?
The following chart contains the three forms of t that get truncated or altered:
t + ju tju
t + i ti
t + e ta
USHTRIMI 13.5
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM) in Dia-
logu 13.2. When a statement is false, briefly say why (in Albanian!).
1. Ku zhvillohet dialogu?
____________________________________________________________
2. Pse krkon Genti t blej libra?
____________________________________________________________
3. Pr far interesohet ai?
____________________________________________________________
4. Cili sht autori q i sugjeron shitsi?
____________________________________________________________
5. N sa vllime sht vepra e Faik Konics?
____________________________________________________________
6. Pr cilin libr t Kadares interesohet ai?
____________________________________________________________
7. A blen ai libra nga Mitrush Kuteli?
____________________________________________________________
8. A blen libra me poezi?
____________________________________________________________
9. far i thot ai shitsit? A do t vij ai srish n librari?
____________________________________________________________
10. Cili sht autori i librit Kronik n gur?
____________________________________________________________
USHTRIMI 13.7
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the weak accusative clitic pro-
noun.
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the strong accusative pronoun.
LEXIMI 13.1
FJALOR
USHTRIMI 13.9
USHTRIMI 13.10
Answer the following questions based on Leximi 13.1. Expand your answers as much as possible.
1. Discuss with a friend your last summer vacation. Ask as many questions as you can and give
as much information as possible.
2. You are at a bookstore and ask the salesperson questions about the latest novels.
3. Do research about your favorite historical character. Then give a small presentation about his
or her life.
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
Located on the coast of the Adriatic Sea, Durrs is just a short drive from Tirana, Albanias
capital city. Not only is Durrs the main port of Albania, it is also a very popular tourist destina-
tion because of its picturesque beaches.
The amphitheater, constructed in the second century B.C., is an important landmark.
The old fortress was built around A.D. 600.
223
Vesa: U nisa hert n mngjes, sepse mbledhja ishte n orn 10:00.
Dita: Kalove mir?
Vesa: Shum mir. Tani po bie t fle dhe un, sepse nesr do t ngrihem hert n mngjes.
Dita: Faleminderit q m telefonove. Natn e mir.
Vesa: Natn e mir.
FJALOR
GRAMATIK
You noticed that the third- person singular is the only person that differs. The third person typically
loses the past indicative ending that it takes in the active form.
An exception to this rule are the verbs that end in -oj or -uaj, on the one hand, and those that
end in -ej or -yej. Verbs that end in -oj or -uaj take the ending -ua instead of -oi in the third- person
singular (as you can see, the third- person singular takes the same vowels that the plural forms take).
This is illustrated with the verbs takoj/takohem and rruaj/rruhem in the following chart:
Verbs that end in -ej or -yej take -ye instead of -eu in the third- person singular. As with the verbs
above, notice that in the ending found in the third- person singular vowels, we find the same vow-
els as those of the plural forms:
USHTRIMI 14.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 14.1.
USHTRIMI 14.2
1. Compare the simple past of the verb marr to take, receive with the simple past of merrem to get involved,
occupy oneself with:
marr: mora, more, mori, morm, mort, morn
merrem: u mora, u more, u mor, u morm, u mort, u morn
USHTRIMI 14.3
Complete the following sentences with the past indicative of the verbs in parentheses.
FJALOR
GRAMATIK
As you can see in the examples above, these four possessive forms (im, ime, e mi, and e mia) are
all translated as my in English. In Albanian, however, possessive adjectives agree with the noun
possessed. They agree in gender and number, and, as we will see in the next section, they also agree
in case. In this section we are only looking at possessives used in nominative, that is, when they
indicate possession of a subject noun. The chart below summarizes the different possessive forms
in nominative:
Since these forms are quite complex, in this book we will concentrate on and give you intensive
practice with all the singular forms (my, your, his, her) and with the third- person plural (their).
In the next volume we will reinforce the first- and second- person plural forms. At this point, you
should only be able to recognize these latter forms.
Explain why we use djali in example (1a) but djalin in example (1b):
_______________________________________________________________
Why do you think we use im in example (1a) but tim in example (1b)?
_______________________________________________________________
Why do we use im in example (1a) but ime in example (2a)?
_______________________________________________________________
Why do we use tim in example (1b) but time in example (2b)?
_______________________________________________________________
As you can see in the examples above, possessives agree with the element possessed. Not only do
they agree in number, but they also agree in case. Yes, we sympathize with you! There are four
ways to say my, and this only when the object possessed is singular (and when it is a subject
[nominative] or an object [accusative])! Lets make the sentences above plural to see what happens
to the possessive. You will see that there are two additional ways of saying my:
The charts below show the different forms of the possessives in nominative (when used with sub-
jects) and accusative (when used as direct objects). We recommend that, as a beginning student,
you master the following forms:
The following generalizations may help you memorize the forms above.
1. All the plural forms as well as the third- person possessive forms are formed with a linking ar-
ticle. This linking article is typically e with the exception of his when referring to a nominative
singular possessed element.
2. All plural forms share the same forms in the nominative and accusative.
3. Add an -e to the masculine singular forms to form a feminine form for first- person singular (my)
and second- person singular (your). Pay attention to yt, which becomes jote in the feminine.
4. Add an -a to the masculine plural form to form a feminine plural form for the first- person singu-
lar (my) and second- person singular (your).
We recommend that you become acquainted with the following remaining forms. These forms will
be reinforced for mastery in volume 2:
USHTRIMI 14.4
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 14.2.
USHTRIMI 14.5
1. Me k po bisedon Indriti?
_____________________________________________________________
2. Cila sht pyetja e tij?
_____________________________________________________________
3. E lexoi Neritani imejlin e Indritit?
_____________________________________________________________
4. Ku i ruajti ai materialet q shkarkoi?
_____________________________________________________________
5. Pse u habitn Indriti dhe shokt e tij?
_____________________________________________________________
6. far u drgon Neritani me imejl miqve t tij?
_____________________________________________________________
7. Pse Neritani mendon se librat elektronik jan me interes pr motrn e tij?
_____________________________________________________________
USHTRIMI 14.6
Change the noun phrases in bold to the plural. Make all the necessary changes.
USHTRIMI 14.7
USHTRIMI 14.8
Complete the following sentences with the accusative form of the noun phrases in parentheses.
LEXIMI 14.1
Besa e Konstandinit 4
Ishte nj her nj nn shum e mir q kishte dymbdhjet djem dhe nj vajz shum t
bukur, me emrin Doruntin. Kur Doruntina u rrit, nj trim i huaj e krkoi pr nuse. Nna dhe
njmbdhjet vllezrit nuk e pranuan kt krkes, sepse trimi ishte nga nj vend i largt.
Vetm djali i vogl Konstandini ishte dakord.
Trimi sht shum i mir, -i tha ai nns. Mua m plqen shum. T jap besn se kur ti
ta duash Doruntinn n shtpi, do t shkoj un dhe do ta sjell.
FJALOR
USHTRIMI 14.9
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM). Where
they are false or not mentioned, briefly explain why (in Albanian).
USHTRIMI 14.10
USHTRIMI 14.11
1. Talk to a friend about all the activities he or she did yesterday. Ask as many questions as pos-
sible.
2. You go to a cybercaf in Tirana. Ask for as much information as possible about how to open
your e-mail and download a file that a friend has sent you.
3. You must certainly remember a story or legend you learned in your childhood. Prepare to nar-
rate it in front of the class.
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
Dhimitr Pasko, known as Dimitrie Pascu in Romania and as Mitrush Kuteli (1907 67) in Al-
bania, sets the model for the short story in Albania. He is known for having adapted into prose
traditional Albanian oral verse. His most famous work is Tregime t mome shqiptare (Old Al-
banian stories), published in Tirana in 1965.
The Albanian word besa is usually translated into English as faith, trust, or oath of peace,
but its truer meaning is word of honor, and it is typically associated with keeping a promise.
The word first gained prominence in the Kanun by Lek Dukagjini (1410 81), which contains a
collection of customary codes and traditions transmitted orally and then recorded by this chief-
tain. In the Kanun, the besa is described as the highest authority. Some proverbs contain the
word besa in them:
Besa e shqiptarit nuk shitet pazarit (The Albanians word of honor cannot be sold in the
bazaar).
Besa e shqiptarit si purteka e arit (The Albanians word of honor is like the golden rod).
Albanian songs, language, folklore, and literature are full of references to the besa.
The legend of young Constantine, who rises from the grave to bring his sister Dhoqina back
to his dying mother in fulfillment of his pledge, is one of the best- known stories of Albanian
folklore. In Albania, Constantines sister is known either as Dhoqina or Doruntina, and in the
Italo-Albanian version of the legend, she appears as Garantina or Fjoruntina. Constantine is also
known in northern Albania under the name Halil Garria. The Muslims of central Albania on oc-
casion call him Ali or Hysen i vogl. The ballad is known wherever Albanian is spoken, not only
in Albania but also in southern Italy, Kosovo, Montenegro, and Macedonia. It was adapted by
the writer Ismail Kadare (1936present) in his successful 1979 novel Kush e solli Doruntinn?
(Who brought Doruntina back?). This novel was translated into English as Doruntine (1998,
New Amsterdam Books).5
5. See www.elsie.de.
Pranvera: Mirdita!
Shitsja: Mirdita, zonj! far dshironi?
Pranvera: Nj kilogram djath.
Shitsja: far djathi doni? Kemi djath t bardh dhe djath kakavall.
Pranvera: Si sht djathi i bardh?
Shitsja: sht shum i mir. Kemi shum lloje djathrash. Kemi djath Gjirokastre, djath
Sarande etj. far ju plqen juve?
Pranvera: A mund t provoj pak djath Gjirokastre?
Shitsja: Patjetr.
Pranvera: M plqen. Do t marr nj kilogram.
Shitsja: Mir. Po tjetr, far dshironi?
Pranvera: Dua dhe gjalp. Keni gjalp me pako?
Shitsja: Po, kemi. Sa pako doni?
Pranvera: M jepni tre pako gjalp. Po gjiz a keni?
Shitsja: Kemi gjiz Sarande. sht shum e mir.
Pranvera: sht gjiz me krip?
Shitsja: Jo. sht gjiz pa krip. Kemi dhe salc kosi.
Pranvera: N rregull, m bni gjysm kilogrami gjiz dhe dyqind gram salc kosi. A keni
salsie?
Shitsja: Kemi salsie vendi, sallam dhe proshut.
239
Pranvera: Mir. Dua nj kilogram salsie vendi dhe 300 gram proshut. Po suxhuk Kosove
a keni?
Shitsja: Po, kemi. Sa kilogram do t merrni?
Pranvera: Nj gjysm kilogrami. A keni mish?
Shitsja: Kemi mish vii, mish qengji, mish lope, mish derri, mish deleje dhe pula.
Pranvera: Si sht mishi i viit?
Shitsja: Shum i freskt.
Pranvera: M peshoni nj kilogram mish vii, pa kocka.
Shitsja: Sot kemi dhe brinj qengji. Dshironi?
Pranvera: Jo, faleminderit. Po marr dhe nj gjysm pule, nse keni.
Shitsja: Kemi pula fshati shum t mira.
Pranvera: M jepni dhe katrqind gram mish t grir.
Shitsja: Urdhroni!
Pranvera: Faleminderit. Tani, po shkoj t bj pagesn n ark.
FJALOR
GRAMATIK
The ablative case is typically used when a noun modifies an indefinite noun. These constructions
are usually called attributive ablative constructions. Since the noun in the ablative case functions as
an attribute to the noun, it modifies the noun like an adjective.2
Lets look at the formation of ablative forms, starting with singular indefinite nouns:
Masculine nouns:
Feminine nouns:
The nouns in bold above are in the ablative indefinite case. How do we form the ablative indefinite
case of these nouns? Do you see a pattern? What form do we take as the base? What do we add
to that base?
What previous form(s) does the ablative indefinite remind you of?
____________________________________ (see 67)
____________________________________ (see 77)
Lets consider first the ablative indefinite form of masculine singular nouns:
Nominative Ablative
Indefinite Definite Indefinite
vi vii vii (veal)
qengj qengji qengji (lamb)
fik fiku fiku (fig)
zog zogu zogu (bird)
krah krahu krahu (hand)
As you can see, the masculine ablative indefinite form is built on the form of the indefinite noun in
the nominative case. All we need to do is add -i to the nominative indefinite form of the masculine
singular noun to obtain the ablative indefinite form. For nouns ending in -k, -g, or -h, we add -u to
the indefinite form of the nominative. Notice that the ablative indefinite forms are exactly the same
as the definite nominative forms when the noun is masculine and singular.
Lets consider next the ablative indefinite form of feminine singular nouns:
Nominative Ablative
Indefinite Definite Indefinite
Sarand Saranda Sarande (Saranda)
pul pula pule (chicken, lit., hen)
As you can see above, there are basically three patterns (see also 67):
How do we get the ablative form of plural indefinite nouns? Which form do we take as the base?
What suffix do we add to that base? Do masculine and feminine nouns differ in the way their abla-
tive plural definite form is created?
You have just discovered that the ablative plural of indefinite nouns, both masculine and feminine,
is formed by adding -sh to the plural indefinite form.
(b) The indefinite ablative is typically used to indicate the material composition of an object:
As we observed in (a), if the main noun is definite, then we must use the genitive form:
kpuct e lkurs the leather shoes (lit., the shoes of the leather)
kmisha e pambukut the cotton shirt (lit., the shirt of the cotton)
brinjt e qengjit the lamb chops (lit., the chops of the lamb)
(c) The ablative indefinite is also used with some measure phrases:
However, notice that with the following measure expressions, we use the indefinite form:
92 far versus
Since Msimi 1 you have been using both far and to mean what. However, you had to be
careful to remember the form of the noun that follows far:
As you can see in the previous examples, is followed by the indefinite form of the noun,5 while
far is followed by the ablative form of the indefinite noun. Exactly the same behavior is observed
in the plural forms.
5. The indefinite form of the noun is the form given in the vocabulary lists and in dictionaries, in general. It
corresponds to the nominative or accusative indefinite form of the noun.
93 The imperative
Imperative forms are used when we want to express an order. In Dialogu 15.1, you encountered the
following imperative forms:
M peshoni nj kilogram mish vii. Please weigh a kilogram of veal for me.
M jepni tre pako gjalp. Please give me three packages of butter.
M bni gjysm kilogrami gjiz. Please give me half a kilo of cottage cheese.
The imperative is used only for the second-person singular (ti) and second-person plural (ju). The
second-person plural in the imperative has the same form as the second-person plural in the pres-
ent indicative (see 12, 46, and 61). The following chart shows the forms for regular class 1, 2,
and 3 verbs, respectively:
Indicative Imperative
punoj (ju) punoni punoni! work!
hap (ju) hap hapni! open!
pi (ju) pi pini! drink!
Verbs that undergo a vowel change in the present indicative in the ju form also exhibit the vowel
change in the imperative of the ti form:
Indicative Imperative
dal (ju) dilni dilni! go out!
fle (ju) flini flini! sleep!
marr (ju) merrni merrni! take!
jap (ju) jep jepni! give!
The forms of the singular ti are a bit more complex and exhibit the following patterns:
(a) For class 2, 3, and 4 verbs as well as for class 1 verbs ending in -oj and -ij, take the imperative form
for ju (which is equivalent to the ju form of the present indicative) and drop the ending -ni:
If the ju form undergoes a vowel change in the ju form, use the same vowel in the ti form:
Monosyllabic verbs that end in -ej also keep the -j in the ti form; those verbs with more than one
syllable drop the -j. Where the vowel changes in the ju form, the same vowel is observed in the ti
forms:
If the verb undergoes a vowel change in the ju form of the present indicative, the same vowel is
maintained for the ti form in the imperative:
ti ju
dua duaj! doni! want!
flas fol! flisni! speak!
jam ji! jini! be!
6. The same rule applies to verbs that end in -yej and -yj, but we will set these aside for the moment, since they
are not as productive.
7. You may also hear ngit, ngitni instead of nga, ngani ride!
8. You may also hear vrit, vritini instead of vra, vrani kill!
9. Notice that most of these verbs also take -ra in the simple past indicative: hyj hyra to enter, come in, shpie
shpura to send, v vura to put, z zura to take, hold. Exceptions would be bie rash to fall and l
lash to leave.
As you can see, the clitic pronoun m precedes the imperative. This is very typical of spoken Al-
banian. In a more formal style, the clitic pronoun m typically follows the affirmative imperative.
The same behavior is exhibited by the pronoun na (to) us:
In the examples above, we use the imperative for the ti form. The same is observed with the ju forms,
although the structure is slightly more complicated when the clitic pronoun follows the verb:
As you can see above, in the formal style the clitic pronouns (m and na) go between the verb and
the -ni ending. This phenomenon is called mesoclisis, and it is typically found with the ju form in
the imperative when there is a clitic pronoun.
Verbs that keep the -j in the imperative (see 92(b)) drop the -j in the clitic pronoun that follows:
Other clitic pronouns will follow the formal style; that is, they will follow the affirmative imper-
ative.
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 15.1.
USHTRIMI 15.2
USHTRIMI 15.3
Complete the following sentences with the ablative form of the noun in parentheses.
USHTRIMI 15.4
Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the noun in parentheses.
USHTRIMI 15.5
Put the verbs in parentheses in the imperative. Provide both the ti and the ju forms of the impera-
tive.
10. You will also find zgar instead of skars in colloquial speech.
GRAMATIK
The ablative forms are in bold in the examples above. What form(s) do these forms remind you of?
______________________________________
These endings are familiar to you because they are the same as the genitive definite forms that you
learned in 62 and 63.
The masculine singular form is based on the definite form of the noun. All you need to do is add
-t to that form. The feminine singular form, on the other hand, is formed on the indefinite form,
and you need to add -s or -s:
The plural forms are also identical to the corresponding genitive ones. All you need to do is add
-ve to the plural form:
afr near
gjat during
jasht outside
krahas beside, along; in addition to
kundr opposite, against
larg far from
para before
pas after
prball opposite, in front of
prgjat along
prpara in front of
prve besides, except for
pran near, close
prapa behind
prej from, because of
rreth around
sipas according to
Here are some examples with these demonstratives in the ablative case:
Notice that the noun following the demonstrative appears in its indefinite ablative from (see 89).
The following chart summarizes the forms of the personal pronouns in the nominative, ablative,
and dative cases. Notice that, unlike what we have observed for nouns, demonstratives, and the pro-
nouns kush and cili, for which the genitive, dative, and ablative forms are the same, the dative and
ablative forms of personal pronouns differ:
Nominative Ablative Dative
strong weak
un (prej) meje mua m
ti (prej) teje ty t
ai (prej) atij atij i
ajo (prej) asaj asaj i
ne (prej) nesh neve na
ju (prej) jush juve ju
ata (prej) (a)tyre atyre u
ato (prej) (a)tyre atyre u
Here are some examples of personal pronouns following a preposition that requires the ablative
case:
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 15.2.
USHTRIMI 15.7
1. Me k po bisedon kamarieri?
____________________________________________________________
2. Ku ulen klientt?
____________________________________________________________
3. far duan t pin ata?
____________________________________________________________
4. far ka n meny?
____________________________________________________________
5. far sallatash porosisin ata?
____________________________________________________________
6. far lloje peshku ka n restorant?
____________________________________________________________
7. Si sht peshku?
____________________________________________________________
8. far porosisin ata?
____________________________________________________________
9. far mblsirash ka n restorant?
____________________________________________________________
10. far marrin ata?
____________________________________________________________
USHTRIMI 15.9
Change the nouns in bold in the following sentences to the corresponding feminine form, as in the
example. Make all other necessary changes.
USHTRIMI 15.10
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the words in parentheses. Be care-
ful: some prepositions require the accusative; others require the ablative.
LEXIMI 15.1
Restorantet
12. Actually, instead of lek t reja, the grammatical version should be lek t rinj new lek, lek t vjetr old
lek, since lek is a masculine noun, but in spoken Albanian we use lek t reja, lek t vjetra, as if it were a feminine
noun.
FJALOR
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM). Where
they are false or not mentioned, briefly explain why (in Albanian).
USHTRIMI 15.12
1. You are seated in a restaurant and given the menu shown below. Have a conversation with the
waiter during which he or she describes some of the dishes.
2. You must certainly have a favorite dish! Find out the ingredients you need and be prepared to
give the recipe.
3. Do research on the Internet about food that is beneficial for your health. Present a short report to
your classmates.
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
During the Ottoman empire (14811912), the Albanians who moved to Istanbul took with them
their knowledge of Albanian cuisine. Most Turkish dishes made of offal (a culinary term that
refers to the internal organs and entrails of an animal) are of Rumeli13 origin. The famous ap-
petizer known as Albanian liver is a favorite dish both in restaurants and at home. Also of
Rumeli origin are the egg and lemon sauces that are used in many soups and stews. The famous
Elbasan tava, a dish made with lamb and yogurt, is another good example of the Rumeli influ-
ence in the method of food preparation.14
13. From the fifteenth century on, the term Rumeli was used to refer to the southern Balkan region of the Ottoman
Empire. Rumeli literally means land of the Romans, and it was used to refer to the Byzantine Empire.
14. http://www.thy.com/de-DE/corporate/skylife/article.aspx?mkl=267.
The vegetables used the most in Albanian cuisine are tomato, pepper, eggplant, potato, cab-
bage, onion, garlic, green bean, legumes, and cucumber. Usually they are fried, baked, or boiled.
Among the legumes, beans are the most popular and traditional. They are usually cooked with
vegetables or with meat. In some regions beans are also used to make pies. Peas and green beans
are also used in many traditional dishes.
Lemon, tomato, vinegar, and yogurt are very common in traditional Albanian cuisine. Milk and
its by-products as well as eggs are also commonly found in Albanian dishes.
Some traditional Albanian dishes are dried plum casserole (tav me pistil), Elbasani yogurt
dish (tav kosi Elbasani), Tirana stew (frges Tirane), baked phyllo pie (byrek me pet t
pjekura), turkey with bread crumbs (kaposh deti me prshesh), baked rice with milk (birjan
me qumsht), and milky rice of Myzeqe (oriz qumshtor Myzeqejeyshmer), among many
others.
Albania is well known for its raki (a fruit brandy prepared by distilling fermented fruits, espe-
cially grapes and plums), wine (made from a variety of grapes), fruit juices, preserves, and com-
potes.
The climate in the coastal area favors the cultivation of olives and citrus. In every home as well
as in the restaurants of the whole region, olives are typically served as appetizers as well as in
salads or accompanied by other vegetables.
263
Ardian: Flinim n adra.
Glauk: Si ishin adrat?
Ardian: adrat ishin t mdha dhe shum komode. Brenda n adr kishte krevate dhe flihej
shum mir.
Glauk: Po diskotek, a kishte atje?
Ardian: Kishte diskotek, por ne mblidheshim n mbrmje n kamp dhe atje krcenim e kndo-
nim s bashku.
Glauk: Po t shkosh vitin tjetr, mund t vij dhe un me ju.
Ardian: Shum mir do t bsh. Do t knaqesh.
FJALOR
Zgjoheshim hert dhe pasi hanim mngjes, shtisnim ose vraponim n breg t detit.
We used to get up early, and after we ate breakfast, we used to go for a walk or to run on
the beach.
All the forms in bold above are in the imperfect indicative, which is used to express an action or
condition that used to go on for a period of time in the past. The following chart contains the forms
for class 1 (udhtoj to travel) and class 2 (dal to leave, go out) verbs. Both the present indica-
tive and the imperfect indicative are given so that you can compare the forms:
Present Imperfect Present Imperfect
un udhtoj udhtoja dal dilja
ti udhton udhtoje del dilje
ai, ajo udhton udhtonte del dilte
ne udhtojm udhtonim dalim dilnim
ju udhtoni udhtonit dilni dilnit
ata, ato udhtojn udhtonin dalin dilnin
Are the endings for the imperfect the same for class 1 and class 2 verbs?
_______________________________________________________________
The verb dal to leave has three different stems in the present indicative (dal, del, dil). Which form
is taken as the base for the imperfect? What pronoun does that form correspond to?
_______________________________________________________________
As you can see, the imperfect indicative endings are the same for class 1 and class 2 verbs. We take
as the base the present indicative of the ju form. The only difference is in the third- person singu-
lar (ai/ajo), where we can have either -nte or just -te. Taking as the base the stem of the present
indicative of ju (i.e., udhto-, dil-), use -nte if the stem ends in a vowel and -te if the stem ends in
a consonant.
Consider now the verbs dua to want and fle to sleep (class 3 verbs) as well as marr to take
and shoh to see (class 2 verbs). Why do we get the forms doja and merrja, respectively? Where
do the stems of these forms come from? Why do we get the form donte but merrte? Complete the
chart with the imperfect indicative of fle sleep, shoh to see, and them to say:
For a discussion of class 6 verbs in the imperfect indicative, please see 101.
The imperfect indicative forms can be preceded by the particle po (see 13) in order to emphasize
the fact that an action was taking place at a certain moment in the past. Compare the following ex-
amples:3
The following chart shows the forms that class 6 verbs take in the imperfect indicative. The present
indicative is also included for comparison.
Present Imperfect Present Imperfect
un gzohem gzohesha nisem nisesha
ti gzohesh gzoheshe nisesh niseshe
ai, ajo gzohet gzohej niset nisej
ne gzohemi gzoheshim nisemi niseshim
ju gzoheni gzoheshit niseni niseshit
ata, ato gzohen gzoheshin nisen niseshin
3. We can get the same progressive effect by using the duke construction:
Po lexoja nj libr. I was reading a book.
Isha duke lexuar nj libr. I was reading a book.
Duke requires the use of a past participle. We will cover this construction in volume 2.
4. Notice that in English you could express this example with the auxiliary would: We would play in the ocean,
or we would run on the beach.
An imperfect subjunctive is used when the subjunctive is required by the main verb and when the
main verb is in the past. This requirement that both the main and the embedded verb be in the same
tense is called the sequence of tenses.
The imperfect subjunctive is formed simply by adding the particle t to the imperfect indicative,
so you dont need to learn any new forms. You just need to keep in mind the sequence of tenses!
Below are the imperfect forms of laj to wash and lahem to get washed in the imperfect indica-
tive and the subjunctive.
Imperfect Imperfect
Indicative Subjunctive Indicative Subjunctive
un laja t laja lahesha t lahesha
ti laje t laje laheshe t laheshe
ai, ajo lante t lante lahej t lahej
ne lanim t lanim laheshim t laheshim
ju lanit t lanit laheshit t laheshit
ata, ato lanin t lanin laheshin t laheshin
USHTRIMI 16.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Dialogu 16.1.
USHTRIMI 16.2
USHTRIMI 16.3
Complete the following sentences with the imperfect form of the verb in parentheses.
LEXIMI 16.1
Po t shkruaj srish nga Shqipria. Para disa ditsh ishim n Butrint. Ky ishte udh-
timi i fundit i programit ton turistik n Shqipri. Nga Tirana u nism hert n mngjes rreth
ors 6:00 dhe udhtuam pr disa or gjat riviers s Jonit. Ishte nj udhtim shum i bukur.
Para syve tan kalonin peizazhet e mrekullueshme t natyrs shqiptare. N kt udhtim na
shoqronin student t historis. Ata ishin shum t sjellshm dhe u prgjigjeshin me shum
knaqsi dhe dshir t gjitha pyetjeve tona pr vendet q shihnim. N Butrint arritm n
mesdit. Te porta kryesore e Parkut Kombtar Arkeologjik t Butrintit pam shum turist t
huaj. Shoqruesit tan na treguan n fillim pr historin e Butrintit.5 Qyteti antik i Butrintit
daton n shekullin VIII p.e.s. Ai prmendet dhe nga Virgjili n veprn e tij Eneida.
Gjat vizits son n Parkun e Butrintit vizituam disa objekte dhe monumente arkeo-
logjike q dshmojn pr lashtsin e tij. Grupit ton i bri prshtypje n veanti Teatri Antik i
Butrintit, i ndrtuar n shekullin III p.e.s. N perndim ndodhej tempulli i Asklepit, disa shtpi
me oborr etj, kurse n lindje kishte terma nga periudha romake. N fund vizituam dhe muzeun
e pasur me objekte arkeologjike. Pasi vizituam parkun arkeologjik u lodhm n natyrn e
mrekullueshme. Qyteti i Butrintit ndodhej n mes t gjelbrimit, buz liqenit karakteristik dhe
bukuria e natyrs na trhoqi t gjithve.
Kshtu kaluam nj dit shum t bukur n Butrint, nj vend q i prket trashgimis kul-
turore botrore dhe mbrohet nga UNESKO- ja.
Shum t fala,
Teuta
GRAMATIK
These forms should all seem familiar! Lets now look at these forms in more detail starting with the
masculine singular forms. As you can see below, the masculine forms in the genitive, dative, and
ablative are the same as the forms that you learned for the accusative in 88. The only difference
is the form of the adjectival article of the third persons, for which the accusative linking article e
As you can see, the feminine forms vary more than the masculine form. An easy way to remem-
ber is that with the exception of tnde your (sing.), which remains invariable, the first letter of
the possessive accusative, t-, changes to s-. The linking article, on the other hand, changes from e
to s.7
Below are the forms of the masculine plural possessors. If you memorize the nominative form, all
you need to remember is that, with the exception of the linking article changing from e to t, all the
other forms are the same in all five cases. This certainly compensates for the excess of variety in
the singular forms, doesnt it?
Nominative Accusative Genitive Dative Ablative
djemt e mi djemt e mi i/e djemve t mi djemve t mi (prej) djemve t mi
djemt e tu djemt e tu i/e djemve t tu djemve t tu (prej) djemve t tu
djemt e tij djemt e tij i/e djemve t tij djemve t tij (prej) djemve t tij
djemt e saj djemt e saj i/e djemve t saj djemve t saj (prej) djemve t saj
djemt tan djemt tan i/e djemve tan djemve tan (prej) djemve tan
djemt tuaj djemt tuaj i/e djemve tuaj djemve tuaj (prej) djemve tuaj
djemt e tyre djemt e tyre i/e djemve t tyre djemve t tyre (prej) djemve t tyre
6. Is there a way for you to remember all of these forms? (And these are just the masculine singular forms!)
Memorize the nominative forms and remember that the second-person singular (your) is always tnd. Then remember
that the forms for the third persons are tij, saj, and tyre and that they always need a linking article. Finally, think of the
accusative forms as adding a t- to the nominative possessive forms. Then learn the following vowel rules:
t + y = to t + yn = ton
t + j (vowel) = t + vowel t + juaj = juaj
7. As with the masculine singular forms, there is an easy way to remember all these feminine forms. Memorize the
nominative possessives. As with the masculine forms, remember that the second-person singular is tnde (same as the
Below are all the different forms for each possessive adjective. Remember that the possessive ad-
jective agrees in gender, number and case with the object possessed:
My
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative im ime e mi e mia
Accusative tim time e mi e mia
Genitive, Dative, Ablative tim sime t mi t mia
Your (sing.)
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative yt jote e tu e tua
Accusative tnd tnde e tu e tua
Genitive, Dative, Ablative tnd sate t tu t tua
His
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative i tij e tij e tij e tij
Accusative e tij e tij e tij e tij
Genitive, Dative, Ablative t tij s tij t tij t tij
Her
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative i saj e saj e saj e saj
Accusative e saj e saj e saj e saj
Genitive, Dative, Ablative t saj s saj t saj t saj
masculine form, but add -e because its a feminine form). As with the masculine forms, remember that the forms are tij,
saj, and tyre and that the linking article is needed. As for the other forms, add t- in front of the accusative forms and s- in
front of the genitive, dative, and ablative forms.
Your (pl.)
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative juaj juaj tuaj tuaja
Accusative tuaj tuaj tuaj tuaja
Genitive, Dative, Ablative tuaj suaj tuaj tuaja
Their
Singular Plural
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Nominative i tyre e tyre e tyre e tyre
Accusative e tyre e tyre e tyre e tyre
Genitive, Dative, Ablative t tyre s tyre t tyre t tyre
USHTRIMI 16.4
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on Leximi 16.1.
USHTRIMI 16.5
USHTRIMI 16.6
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the noun phrases in parentheses.
USHTRIMI 16.7
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the word in parentheses.
. . . Ishin tre vllezr. Ata po ndrtonin nj kshtjell. Ata e ndrtonin ditn, por kshtjella
shembej natn. Nj dit kaloi atje nj plak i mir. Ai i uroi vllezrit pr punn e tyre. Ata i tre-
guan se do nat kshtjella shembej dhe ata nuk dinin se far t bnin.
FJALOR
USHTRIMI 16.8
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM). If they are
false or not mentioned, briefly explain why (in Albanian).
USHTRIMI 16.9
USHTRIMI 16.10
1. Bring a picture of your last vacation to class. Be prepared to describe everyone in the picture
and to tell the whole story about your trip.
2. What is the strangest or craziest adventure you have had in your life? Be ready to describe it in
front of the class.
3. You have won the lottery and decided to travel around the world. Pick four countries you
would like to visit. Do research on the Internet about places to visit. Tell your classmates
about this imaginary but fun trip.
INFORMACIONE KULTURORE
The Aeneid, a Latin epic poem written by Virgil in the late first century B.C. (29 19 B.C.), tells
the story of Aeneas, a Trojan who traveled to Italy and became the ancestor of all the Romans.
According to Virgil (Aeneid 3.301 5), when Aeneas comes to Buthrotum, he finds that they
have recreated the vanished city of Troy, an architectural alternative to the epics textual repre-
sentations of the vanished past.
The events in Racines (1639 99) classical tragedy Andromache, first perfomed in 1667, take
place in Butrint.
In 1992 Butrint was declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The following description is
found on UNESCOs World Heritage webpage: Inhabited since prehistoric times, Butrint has
been the site of a Greek colony, a Roman city, and a bishopric. Following a period of prosper-
ity under Byzantine administration, then a brief occupation by the Venetians, the city was aban-
doned in the late Middle Ages after marshes formed in the area. The present archaeological site
is a repository of ruins representing each period in the citys development.10
Rozafat Castle is near the city of Shkodr in northwestern Albania. It rises imposingly on a rocky
hill, 130 meters above sea level. It is surrounded by the Buna and Drini rivers. Shkodr is the
capital of the district of Shkodr and is one of Albanias oldest and most historic towns as well as
an important cultural and economic center. Due to its strategic location, the hill has been settled
since antiquity. It was an Illyrian stronghold until it was captured by the Romans in 167 B.C.
Rozafats castle is now the ruins of an Illyrian fortification.
Arian: Alo, Flladia. Si je? Mora t t pyes pse nuk ke ardhur sot n pun.
Flladia: Jam smur, Arian. Nuk kam fjetur mbrm gjith natn. Kam pasur dhimbje t forta
koke dhe temperatur t lart.
Arian: Je vizituar?
Flladja: Po. U vizitova sot n mngjes. Mjeku m tha se jam me grip. Duhet t kesh dhe ti shum
kujdes, sepse ka rn nj viroz gripi dhe shum njerz jan prekur prej saj.1
Arian: N fakt, e kan dhn edhe lajmet sot n mngjes se ka rn nj viroz gripi, pasi tempera-
turat jan ulur n mnyr t menjhershme. Un kam br br nj vaksin antigrip, por me-
gjithat sht mir t ruhem. Ti ke marr ndonj mjekim?
Flladja: Kam pir aspirin dhe aj t nxeht.
Arian: far t kshilloi mjeku?
Flladja: M kshilloi t bj dhe banj me uj t ngroht.
Arian: Po tani far po bn?
Flladja: Jam shtrir n shtrat, sepse ndihem shum e pafuqishme. M dhemb gjith trupi dhe m
djegin grykt. Tani m duket se kam djersitur pak.
Arian: Po temperatur ke pasur? E ke vn termometrin?
Flladja: N mngjes isha me 38.3, por tani m sht ulur n 37.5.
Arian: Ke br kompresa t ftohta?
Flladja: Po. Kam br edhe kompresa.
Arian: Po koll ke pasur?
280
Flladja: Jo. Koll nuk kam pasur shum. Megjithat kam bler nj shurup pr koll q ta pi.
Arian: Po lngje ke pir?
Flladja: Po. Kam gjith ditn q pi vetm lngje, sepse kshtu m kshilloi edhe mjeku. Shpresoj
t mos kem komplikacione t tjera, prandaj sht mir q t rri disa dit n shtpi.
Arian: Sa dit pushim t ka dhn mjeku?
Flladja: Tri dit.
Arian: Mir. T shkuara dhe m telefono nse ke nevoj pr ndonj gj.
Flladja: Faleminderit!
FJALOR
As you can see in the English translations, these forms are in the present perfect. The present per-
fect in Albanian, like in English, is typically used to indicate an action that starts in the past and
whose effect continues on into the present.
For class 1 through 5 verbs, the present perfect is formed with the present indicative of the verb
kam to have and the past participle of the verb. The full paradigm for the present perfect of fle
to sleep is shown below:2
un kam fjetur
ti ke fjetur
ai, ajo ka fjetur
ne kemi fjetur
ju keni fjetur
ato, ata kan fjetur
1. Class 1 verbs
a. Verbs of the first conjugation that end in -oj form the participle by changing the -o into -ua
and then adding the suffix -r.
b. Verbs of the first conjugation that end in -ej form the participle by changing the -e into -ye and
then adding -r:
2. The past participle form for regular and irregular verbs will be listed as the third form in the vocabulary list
and glossary entry. For instance, for the verb fle to sleep you will find fle, fjeta, fjetur. The first form is the present
indicative, the second form is the simple past, and the third form is the corresponding past participle.
2. Class 2 verbs
a. Some verbs of second conjugation ending in a consonant take -ur:
b. Verbs ending in -s/t form the participle by adding the suffix -tur:
3. Class 3 verbs
a. Verbs of the third conjugation usually have irregular forms of the participle. Verbs that end in
- take -n:
v vn (put)
z zn (find, catch)
l ln (left, let)
ha ngrn (eaten)
pi pir (drunk)
rri ndenjur (stayed)
3. The verb pres can also mean to cut. The past particle for this verb is prer. The present, past, and past
participle forms are shown below:
to wait: pres, prita, pritur
to cut: pres, preva, prer
4. Class 4 verbs
a. All three class 4 verbs take -ur:
5. Irregular verbs
We include here the most irregular verbs, although they may belong to the previous classes. One
way to remember these forms is to keep in mind their simple past indicative form:
The following chart contains the present perfect of the verbs laj to wash and lahem to be washed,
bathe:
laj lahem
un kam lar jam lar
ti ke lar je lar
ai, ajo ka lar sht lar
ne kemi lar jemi lar
ju keni lar jeni lar
ata, ato kan lar jan lar
1. The present perfect typically expresses an action that starts in the past and continues uninterrup-
ted all the way to the present.
2. The present perfect is typically used with time expressions that connect the past to the present
and when we want to emphasize that connection. Some of these expressions are ka nj jav q
its been a week since . . ., kt jav this week, kto dit lately (lit., these days), q ather
since then, q dje since yesterday, sivjet this year, sot today:
3. It can be used with general time expressions when we want to express an action that we have or
havent done from the past to the present. Some of these expressions are gjithmon always,
kurr never, ndonjher never, shpesh often:
Indicate whether the following statements based on Dialogu 17.1 are true (T), false (F), or not men-
tioned (NM). Where they are false or not mentioned, briefly explain why (in Albanian).
USHTRIMI 17.2
Complete the following sentences with the participle forms of the verbs in parentheses.
USHTRIMI 17.4
Complete the following text with the present perfect of the verbs in parentheses.
FJALOR
Nuk mbaj mend t kem pasur ndonjher dhimbje nga kjo dhmball.
I dont remember ever having (lit., to have ever had) pain in this molar.
In these sentences the verb is in the present perfect subjunctive. For class 1 through 5 verbs the
present perfect subjunctive is formed with the verb kam to have in the present subjunctive fol-
lowed by the past participle of the main verb.
Here is the full paradigm for the first example above with the present perfect subjunctive:
Consider now the future perfect. The future perfect for verb classes 1 through 5 is formed by con-
jugating the verb kam to have in the future, followed by the past participle. The future perfect
typically indicates an action that is completed before another action or before a particular point in
time in the future.
For class 6 verbs, the future indicative of the verb jam to be is used instead.
The future perfect of the verb takohem to meet with is shown below:
Do t jem takuar me ket burr para darks.
Do t jesh takuar
Do t jet takuar
Do t jemi takuar
Do t jeni takuar
Do te jen takuar
The chart below contains the full paradigm for both of these verbs in the pluperfect:
dal ngrihem
kisha dal isha ngritur
kishe dal ishe ngritur
kishte dal ishte ngritur
kishim dal ishim ngritur
kishit dal ishit ngritur
kishin dal ishin ngritur
1. The pluperfect is used to indicate an action that took place before another action in the past:
The pluperfect is used to indicate indirect speech that is originally in the past or in the present per-
fect:
USHTRIMI 17.5
1. Ku ka shkuar pacientja?
_____________________________________________________________
2. Pr se ka shkuar ajo atje?
_____________________________________________________________
3. N far ore e ka ln orarin?
_____________________________________________________________
4. far i dhemb asaj?
_____________________________________________________________
5. Cila dhmball i dhemb?
_____________________________________________________________
6. far do t vr ajo?
_____________________________________________________________
7. far do ti pastroj dentisti?
_____________________________________________________________
8. Me se i pastron ajo dhmbt?
_____________________________________________________________
USHTRIMI 17.6
USHTRIMI 17.7
Complete the following sentences with the present perfect of the verbs in parentheses.
Change the sentences above into the pluperfect. Start your sentences with Ata menduan se . . .
They thought that . . .
1. ____________________________________________________________
2. ____________________________________________________________
3. ____________________________________________________________
4. ____________________________________________________________
5. ____________________________________________________________
6. ____________________________________________________________
7. ____________________________________________________________
8. ____________________________________________________________
9. ____________________________________________________________
10. ____________________________________________________________
USHTRIMI 17.9
Complete the following sentences with the future perfect of the verb indicated in parentheses.
USHTRIMI 17.10
LEXIMI 17.1
Kshilla mjeksore
Ushqimet
1. Kshillohet konsumi i perimeve dhe i frutave dhe shmangia e ushqimeve t skuqura dhe me
yndyr.
2. Duhet t konsumohen t paktn nj her n dit produkte t freskta t gjelbra si: spinaqi,
lakra, sallata jeshile, etj.
Sporti
Sipas studiuesve, sht shum e rndsishme q trupi i njeriut t jet gjithnj n lvizje.
1. Merruni me ushtrime fizike n mnyr t rregullt. Mbani nj pesh ideale (pesha ideale
sht ajo q keni pasur kur keni qen 25 vje).
2. Kshillohet ecja e leht n natyr. Bni do dit t paktn 30 minuta ecje. Ecja e prdit-
shme n mngjes dhe n mbrmje sht shum e kshillueshme, sidomos pr organet tona
t brendshme: mlin, stomakun dhe mushkrit.
3. Ushtrimet fizike ju ndihmojn t ulni kolesterolin dhe t ruani n kt mnyr nj pesh
trupi ideale.
4. Ushtrimet e lehta gjimnastikore ndihmojn dhe n shrimin e reumatizms.
FJALOR
USHTRIMI 17.11
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM). Where
they are false or not mentioned, briefly explain why (in Albanian).
USHTRIMI 17.13
Complete the following summary of Leximi 17.1 with the appropriate form of the word in paren-
theses.
USHTRIMI 17.14
1. You are visiting Albania and you have gotten sick. You have a high fever and an upset stom-
ach. Call the doctors office to make an appointment. Describe your symptoms to the doctors
secretary and make an appointment to see the doctor as soon as possible.
2. You go to see a doctor and tell him or her your symptoms. The doctor asks you how you got
sick. Invent an appropriate situation. The doctor gives you advice.
3. While eating some almonds (bajame), you lost a filling. You go to see a dentist. Have a con-
versation with her or him.
LEXIMI 18.1
Interesi pr vlerat arkeologjike t Shqipris nis n shek. XIX kur studiues t gjeografis
historike iu kushtuan identifikimit t t dhnave nga burimet antike.
Kshtu, i pari q viziton Shqiprin sht francezi Pouqueville.2 Anglezi Martin Leake,
nga shtitja q bri n Shqiprin e Jugut deri n Apoloni, botoi nj prshkrim t hollsishm
t objekteve arkeologjike q i ran n sy.3 M von arkeologu francez L. Heuzey vizitoi
Shqiprin dhe n studimin e tij u ndal kryesisht mbi Durrsin e Apolonin.4 N fillim t shek.
XX vizitoi Apolonin dhe rrethinat e Vlors ballkanologu C. Patsch.5 Ai sht i pari q zbuloi
qytetin e Amantias dhe m pas botoi nj studim t hollsishm mbi antikitetet q pa n Bylis,
Klos, Berat etj.
Gjat Lufts s Par Botrore erdhn n Shqipri arkeologt austriak C. Praschniker e
A. Schober t cilt filluan krkimet nga Veriu i Shqipris n drejtim t Jugut dhe u kushtuan
vmendje edhe monumenteve e qendrave arkeologjike ilire.6 M 1924, nj mision arkeologjik
francez, nn drejtimin e Leon Rey, fillon grmimet sistematike n Apoloni, t cilat vazhduan
deri m 1938 dhe rezultatet u botuan n revistn Albania.7 Nj mision tjetr arkeologjik
italian m 1926 filloi grmimet n qytetin antik t Foinikes dhe m von n Butrint. N fillim,
misioni u drejtua nga L. Ugolini e m pas nga Markoni e Mustili.8
Pas Lufts s Dyt Botrore deri m 1990 krkimet e studimet arkeologjike u bn nga
arkeolog shqiptar. M 1948 u krijua n Tiran Muzeu Arkeologjik-Etnografik, m pas m
1976 u formua Qendra e Studimeve Arkeologjike. M 1991 u formua Instituti i Arkeologjis.
Vitet e fundit, kan ardhur n Shqipri, t organizuar n ekspedita t shumta, ekspert t
instituteve t arkeologjis dhe t universiteteve nga e gjith bota. Grupe t ardhura nga Italia,
Franca, Gjermania, Izraeli, Britania, Turqia, SHBA- ja, etj., kan nisur q nga viti 2006 punn
pr zbulimin e mistereve t nntoks n vendin ton, e cila, ka shum pasuri arkeologjike. Kr-
kimet jan prqendruar edhe n pasurit nnujore q ndodhen n afrsi t brigjeve prgjat
Adriatikut dhe Jonit.
298
FJALOR
USHTRIMI 18.1
Indicate whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not mentioned (NM). Where
they are false or not mentioned, briefly explain why (in Albanian).
USHTRIMI 18.2
USHTRIMI 18.3
Complete the following text with the appropriate form of the linking article or clitic pronoun.
Spaces that require clitic pronouns are indicated as <___>.
Interesi pr vlerat arkeologjike ___ Shqipris nis n shek. XIX kur studiues ___ gjeografis
historike iu kushtuan identifikimit ___ t dhnave nga burimet antike. Kshtu, ___ pari q viziton
Shqiprin sht francezi Pouqueville. Anglezi Martin Leake, nga shtitja q bri n Shqiprin
___ Jugut deri n Apoloni, botoi nj prshkrim ___ hollsishm ___ objekteve arkeologjike q
<___> ran n sy. M von arkeologu francez L. Heuzey vizitoi Shqiprin dhe n studimin ___
tij <___> ndal kryesisht mbi Durrsin e Apolonin. N fillim ___ shek. XX vizitoi Apolonin dhe
rrethinat ___ Vlors ballkanologu C. Patsch. Ai sht ___ pari q zbuloi qytetin ___ Amantias
dhe m pas botoi nj studim ___ hollsishm mbi antikitetet q pa n Bylis, Klos, Berat etj.
USHTRIMI 18.4
Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the nouns and adjectives.
USHTRIMI 18.5
Interesi pr vlerat arkeologjike t Shqipris nis____ n shek. XIX kur studiues t gjeografis
historike iu kusht____ identifikimit t t dhnave nga burimet antike. Kshtu, i pari q vizito____
Shqiprin sht francezi Pouqueville. Anglezi Martin Leake, nga shtitja q bri n Shqiprin
e Jugut deri n Apoloni, bot____ nj prshkrim t hollsishm t objekteve arkeologjike q i
ra____ n sy. M von arkeologu francez L. Heuzey vizit____ Shqiprin dhe n studimin e tij
u ndal____ kryesisht mbi Durrsin e Apolonin. N fillim t shek. XX vizit____ Apolonin dhe
rrethinat e Vlors ballkanologu C. Patsch. Ai sht i pari q zbul____ qytetin e Amantias dhe m
pas bot____ nj studim t hollsishm mbi antikitetet q pa n Bylis, Klos, Berat etj.
Gjat Lufts s Par Botrore erdh___ n Shqipri arkeologt austriak C. Praschniker
e A. Schober t cilt fill____ krkimet nga Veriu i Shqipris n drejtim t Jugut dhe u
kusht____ vmendje edhe monumenteve e qendrave arkeologjike ilire. M 1924 nj mision
arkeologjik francez, nn drejtimin e Leon Rey, fill____ grmimet sistematike n Apoloni, t
cilat vazhd____ deri m 1938 dhe rezultatet u botuan n revistn Albania. Nj mision tjetr arke-
ologjik italian m 1926 fill____ grmimet n qytetin antik t Foinikes dhe m von n Butrint.
N fillim, misioni u drejt____ nga L. Ugolini e m pas nga Markoni e Mustili.
Pas Lufts s Dyt Botrore deri m 1990 krkimet e studimet arkeologjike u b____
nga arkeolog shqiptar. M 1948 u krij____ n Tiran Muzeu Arkeologjik-Etnografik, m
pas m 1976 u form____ Qendra e Studimeve Arkeologjike. M 1991 u form___ Instituti i
Arkeologjis.
Vitet e fundit, ka___ ardh___ n Shqipri, t organiz___ n ekspedita t shumta, ekspert
t instituteve t arkeologjis dhe t universiteteve nga e gjith bota. Grupe t ardh___ nga Italia,
Franca, Gjermania, Izraeli, Britania, Turqia, SHBA- ja, etj., ka___ nis___ q nga viti 2006
punn pr zbulimin e mistereve t nntoks n vendin ton, e cila, ka shum pasuri arkeologjike.
Krkimet ja___ prqendr___ edhe n pasurit nnujore q ndodh___ n afrsi t brigjeve
prgjat Adriatikut dhe Jonit.
USHTRIMI 18.6
1. One of your friends from Albania is planning to visit your country. Recommend four places for
her to visit. Describe those places and tell her about their history.
2. Many of the monuments and relics of antiquity can be found in the major museums in Europe.
Find pictures of these objects on the Internet and describe them, including their origin and
the period they date from. Finish your presentation by arguing in favor of or against returning
these objects to the countries from which they were taken.
305
APPENDIX 2
Demonstrative pronouns and adjectives
306
APPENDIX 3
Possessive adjectives
My
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Singular Singular Plural Plural
Nominative im ime e mi e mia
Accusative tim time e mi e mia
Genitive, Dative, Ablative tim sime t mi t mia
His
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine Plural
Singular Singular Plural
Nominative i tij e tij e tij e tij
Accusative e tij e tij e tij e tij
Genitive, Dative, Ablative t tij s tij t tij t tij
Her
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Singular Singular Plural Plural
Nominative i saj e saj e saj e saj
Accusative e saj e saj e saj e saj
Genitive, Dative, Ablative t saj s saj t saj t saj
Our
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Singular Singular Plural Plural
Nominative yn jon tan tona
Accusative ton ton tan tona
Genitive, Dative, Ablative ton son tan tona
307
Your (formal or plural possessor)
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Singular Singular Plural Plural
Nominative juaj juaj tuaj tuaja
Accusative tuaj tuaj tuaj tuaja
Genitive, Dative, Ablative tuaj suaj tuaj tuaja
Their
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Singular Singular Plural Plural
Nominative i tyre e tyre e tyre e tyre
Accusative e tyre e tyre e tyre e tyre
Genitive, Dative, Ablative t tyre s tyre t tyre t tyre
308 Appendix 3
APPENDIX 4
The interrogative and relative pronouns cili which
and kush who
309
APPENDIX 5
Masculine nouns
Definite form
Singular Plural
Nominative shoku shokt
Accusative shokun shokt
Dative shokut shokve
Genitive i,e shokut i,e shokve
Ablative (prej) shokut (prej) shokve
Definite form
Singular Plural
Nominative libri librat
Accusative librin librat
Dative librit librave
Genitive i,e librit i,e librave
Ablative (prej) librit (prej) librave
310
Masculine nouns ending in a consonant other than -k, -g, -h, or -r
Indefinite form
Singular Plural
Nominative (nj) student (disa) student
Accusative (nj) student (disa) student
Dative (nj) studenti (disa) studentve
Genitive i,e (nj) studenti i,e (disa) studentve
Ablative (prej) (nj) studenti (prej) (disa) studentsh
Definite form
Singular Plural
Nominative studenti studentt
Accusative studentin studentt
Dative studentit studentve
Genitive i,e studentit i,e studentve
Ablative (prej) studentit (prej) studentve
Appendix 5 311
APPENDIX 6
Feminine nouns
Definite form
Singular Plural
Nominative anta antat
Accusative antn antat
Dative ants antave
Genitive i,e ants i,e antave
Ablative (prej) ants (prej) antave
Definite form
Singular Plural
Nominative studentja studentet
Accusative studenten studentet
Dative studentes studenteve
Genitive i,e studentes i,e studenteve
Ablative (prej) studentes (prej) studenteve
312
Feminine nouns ending in stressed -i
Indefinite form
Singular Plural
Nominative (nj) shtpi (disa) shtpi
Accusative (nj) shtpi (disa) shtpi
Dative (nj) shtpie (disa) shtpive
Genitive i,e (nj) shtpie i,e (disa) shtpive
Ablative (prej) (nj) shtpie (prej) (disa) shtpish
Definite form
Singular Plural
Nominative shtpia shtpit
Accusative shtpin shtpit
Dative shtpis shtpive
Genitive i,e shtpis i,e shtpive
Ablative (prej) shtpis (prej) shtpive
Definite form
Singular Plural
Nominative motra motrat
Accusative motrn motrat
Dative motrs motrave
Genitive i,e motrs i,e motrave
Ablative (prej) motrs (prej) motrave
Appendix 6 313
APPENDIX 7
Linking articles with class 2 adjectives
Masculine nouns
Definite form
Singular Plural
Nominative djali i bukur djemt e bukur
Accusative djalin e bukur djemt e1 bukur
Dative djalit t bukur djemve t bukur
Genitive i,e djalit t bukur djemve t bukur
Ablative (prej) djalit t bukur (prej) djemve t bukur
Indefinite form
Singular Plural
Nominative (nj) djal i bukur (disa) djem t bukur
Accusative (nj) djal t bukur (disa) djem t bukur
Dative (nj) djali t bukur (disa) djemve t bukur
Genitive i,e (nj) djali t bukur (disa) djemve t bukur
Ablative (prej) (nj) djali t bukur (prej) (disa) djemsh t bukur
Feminine nouns
Definite form
Singular Plural
Nominative vajza e bukur vajzat e bukura
Accusative vajzn e bukur vajzat e2 bukura
Dative vajzs s bukur vajzave t bukura
Genitive i,e vajzs s bukur vajzave t bukura
Ablative (prej) vajzs s bukur (prej) vajzave t bukura
Indefinite form
Singular Plural
Nominative (nj) vajz e bukur (disa) vajza t bukura
Accusative (nj) vajz t bukur (disa) vajza t bukura
Dative (nj) vajze t bukur (disa) vajzave t bukura
Genitive i,e (nj) vajze t bukur (disa) vajzave t bukura
Ablative (prej) (nj) vajze t bukur (prej) (disa) vajzash t bukura
1. This adjectival article e becomes t if the adjective does not immediately follow the definite noun.
2. See previous note.
314
APPENDIX 8
Present and imperfect verb forms
Class 1 verbs
punoj to work
Present Indicative Present Subjunctive/(Future) Imperfect
un punoj (do) t punoj punoja
ti punon (do) t punosh punoje
ai, ajo punon (do) t punoj punonte
ne punojm (do) t punojm punonim
ju punoni (do) t punoni punonit
ata, ato punojn (do) t punojn punonin
Class 2 verbs
hap to open
Present Indicative Present Subjunctive/(Future) Imperfect
un hap (do) t hap hapja
ti hap (do) t hapsh hapje
ai, ajo hap (do) t hap hapte
ne hapim (do) t hapim hapnim
ju hapni (do) t hapni hapnit
ata, ato hapin (do) t hapin hapnin
Class 3 verbs
ha to eat
Present Indicative Present Subjunctive/(Future) Imperfect
un ha (do) t ha haja
ti ha (do) t hash haje
ai, ajo ha (do) t haj hante
ne ham (do) t ham hanim
ju hani (do) t hani hanit
ata, ato han (do) t han hanin
Class 4 verbs
iki to go
Present Indicative Present Subjunctive/(Future) Imperfect
un iki (do) t iki ikja
ti ikn (do) t iksh ikje
ai, ajo ikn (do) t ik ikte
ne ikim (do) t ikim iknim
ju ikni (do) t ikni iknit
ata, ato ikin (do) t ikin iknin
315
Class 5 verbs
jam to be
Present Indicative Present Subjunctive/(Future) Imperfect
un jam (do) t jem isha
ti je (do) t jesh ishe
ai, ajo sht (do) t jet ishte
ne jemi (do) t jemi ishim
ju jeni (do) t jeni ishit
ata, ato jan (do) t jen ishin
kam to have
Present Indicative Present Subjunctive/(Future) Imperfect
un kam (do) t kem kisha
ti ke (do) t kesh kishe
ai, ajo ka (do) t ket kishte
ne kemi (do) t kemi kishim
ju keni (do) t keni kishit
ata, ato kan (do) t ken kishin
dua to want
Present Indicative Present Subjunctive/(Future) Imperfect
un dua (do) t dua doja
ti do (do) t duash doje
ai, ajo do (do) t doj donte
ne duam (do) t duam donim
ju doni (do) t doni donit
ata, ato duan (do) t duan donin
them to say
Present Indicative Present Subjunctive/(Future) Imperfect
un them (do) t them thosha
ti thua (do) t thuash thoshe
ai, ajo thot (do) t thot thoshte
ne themi (do) t themi thoshim
ju thoni (do) t thoni thoshit
ata, ato thon (do) t thon thoshin
Class 6 verbs
Verbs ending in -hem
zgjohem to wake up
Present Indicative Present Subjunctive/(Future) Imperfect
un zgjohem (do) t zgjohem zgjohesha
ti zgjohesh (do) t zgjohesh zgjoheshe
ai, ajo zgjohet (do) t zgjohet zgjohej
ne zgjohemi (do) t zgjohemi zgjoheshim
ju zgjoheni (do) t zgjoheni zgjoheshit
ata, ato zgjohen (do) t zgjohen zgjoheshin
316 Appendix 8
Verbs ending in -em
nisem to depart
Present Indicative Present Subjunctive/(Future) Imperfect
un nisem (do) t nisem nisesha
ti nisesh (do) t nisesh niseshe
ai, ajo niset (do) t niset nisej
ne nisemi (do) t nisemi niseshim
ju niseni (do) t niseni niseshit
ata, ato nisen (do) t nisen niseshin
Appendix 8 317
APPENDIX 9
Most common regular and irregular verbs
Present
Indicative Present Present Present
(Second- Indicative Subjunctive Subjunctive Imperative Imperfect
and Third- (Second- (Second- (Third- (Second- (First-
Present Person Person Person Person Person Person
Indicative Singular) Plural) Singular) Singular) Singular) Singular) English
bj bn bni t bsh t bj bj bja do
bie bie bini t biesh t bjer bjer bija fall
blej blen blini t blesh t blej bli blija buy
dal del dilni t dalsh t dal dil dilja leave
di di dini t dish t dij di dija know
dua do doni t duash t doj duaj doja want
eci ecn ecni t ecsh t ec ec ecja walk
flas flet flisni t flassh t flas fol flitja1 speak
fle fle flini t flesh t flej fli flija sleep
gjej gjen gjeni t gjesh t gjej gjej gjeja find
ha ha hani t hash t haj ha haja eat
hipi hipn hipni t hipsh t hip hip hipja get on
hyj hyn hyni t hysh t hyj hyr hyja enter
iki ikn ikni t iksh t ik ik ikja go
jam je/sht jeni t jesh t jet ji isha be
jap jep jepni t japsh t jap jep jepja give
kam ke/ka keni t kesh t ket ki kisha have
l l lini t lsh t lr lr lija leave
luaj luan luani t luash t luaj luaj luaja play
marr merr merrni t marrsh t marr merr merrja take
ngre ngre ngrini t ngresh t ngrej ngri ngrija lift
njoh njeh njihni t njohsh t njoh njih njihja know
paguaj paguan paguani t paguash t paguaj paguaj paguaja pay
pi pi pini t pish t pij pi pija drink
pres pret pritni t pressh t pres prit pritja2 wait
pres pret pritni t pressh t pres pre, prit pritja cut
punoj punon punoni t punosh t punoj puno punoja work
pyes pyet pyesni t pyessh t pyes pyet pyesja ask
rri rri rrini t rrish t rrij rri rrija stay
sjell sjell sillni t sjellsh t sjell sill sillja bring
shes shet shitni t shessh t shes shit shitja3 sell
shkoj shkon shkoni t shkosh t shkoj shko shkoja come
shkruaj shkruan shkruani t shkruash t shkruaj shkruaj shkruaja write
shoh sheh shihni t shohsh t shoh shih shihja see
1. Also flisja.
2. Also prisja.
318
them thua/thot thoni t thuash t thot thuaj thosha say
thrras thrret thrrisni t thrrassh t thrras thirr thirrja call
vdes vdes vdisni t vdessh t vdes vdis vdisja die
vesh vesh vishni t veshsh t vesh vish vishja wear
v v vini t vsh t vr vr vija put
vij vjen vini t vish t vij eja vija come
vras vret vritni t vrassh t vras vrit vritja kill
zbres zbret zbritni t zbressh t zbres zbrit zbritja get off
zgjedh zgjedh zgjidhni t zgjedhsh t zgjedh zgjidh zgjidhja choose
3. Also shisja.
Appendix 9 319
APPENDIX 10
Past tense of regular and irregular verbs
Class 1 verbs
blej laj fshij fryj punoj shkruaj thyej
to buy to wash to sweep to blow to work to write to break
un bleva lava fshiva fryva punova shkrova theva
ti bleve lave fshive fryve punove shkrove theve
ai, ajo bleu lau fshiu fryu punoi shkroi theu
ne blem lam fshim frym punuam shkruam thyem
ju blet lat fshit fryt punuat shkruat thyet
ata, ato blen lan fshin fryn punuan shkruan thyen
Class 2 verbs
hap to open brtas to shut njoh to know
un hapa brtita njoha
ti hape brtite njohe
ai, ajo hapi brtiti njohu
ne hapm brtitm njohm
ju hapt brtitt njoht
ata, ato hapn brtitn njohn
1. There are two verbs pres, one meaning to cut, which is regular, and another meaning to wait, which is
irregular, as shown below:
to cut: preva, preve, preu, prem, pret, pren
to wait: prita, prite, priti, pritm, pritt, pritn
The verb vras to kill, murder takes similar endings to the first pres to cut in the preterit:
to kill, murder: vrava, vrave, vrau, vram, vrat, vran
320
zbres to get off, go down: zbrita, zbrite, zbriti, zbritm, zbritt, zbritn
dal to go out: dola, dole, doli, dolm, dolt, doln
djeg to burn: dogja, dogje, dogji, dogjm, dogjt, dogjn
flas to speak: fola, fole, foli, folm, folt, foln
hedh to throw: hodha, hodhe, hodhi, hodhm, hodht, hodhn
marr to take: mora, more, mori, morm, mort, morn
ndjek to follow: ndoqa, ndoqe, ndoqi, ndoqm, ndoqt, ndoqn
nxjerr to take out/off: nxora, nxore, nxori, nxorm, nxort, nxorn
pjek to grill, bake, roast: poqa, poqe, poqi, poqm, poqt, poqn
sjell to bring: solla, solle, solli, sollm, sollt, solln
vjedh to steal: vodha, vodhe, vodhi, vodhm, vodht, vodhn
zgjedh to choose: zgjodha, zgjodhe, zgjodhi, zgjodhm, zgjodht, zgjodhn
vesh to dress (someone): vesha, veshe, veshi, veshm, vesht, veshn
zhvesh to undress (someone): zhvesha, zhveshe, zhveshi, zhveshm, zhvesht, zhveshn
thrras to call: thirra, thirre, thirri, thirrm, thirrt, thirrn
kreh to comb (someones hair): kreha, krehe, krehu, krehm, kreht, krehn
vdes to die: vdiqa, vdiqe, vdiq, vdiqm, vdiqt, vdiqn
Class 3 verbs
pi to drink di to know v to put
un piva dita vura
ti pive dite vure
ai, ajo piu diti vuri
ne pim ditm vum
ju pit ditt vut
ata, ato pin ditn vun
Class 4 verbs
eci to go hipi to get on iki to go away
un eca hipa ika
ti ece hipe ike
ai, ajo eci hipi iki
ne ecm hipm ikm
ju ect hipt ikt
ata, ato ecn hipn ikn
Appendix 10 321
Class 5 verbs
Class 5 is composed of irregular verbs by definition, so all these verbs will be irregular in the past tense
as well.
dua to want: desha, deshe, deshi, deshm, desht, deshn
bie to fall: rash, re, ra, ram, rat, ran
jam to be: qesh, qe, qe, qem, qet, qen
jap to give: dhash, dhe, dha, dham, dhat, dhan
l to leave: lash, le, la, lam, lat, lan
shoh to see: pash, pe, pa, pam, pat, pan
them to say: thash, the, tha, tham, that, than
rri to stay: ndenja, ndenje, ndenji, ndenjm, ndenjt, ndenjn
kam to have: pata, pate, pati, patm, patt, patn
vete to go: vajta, vajte, vajti, vajtm, vajtt, vajtn
vij to come: erdha, erdhe, erdhi, erdhm, erdht, erdhn
Class 6 verbs
takohem kthehem hapen merrem bhem ngrihem
to meet to return to be opened to be busy with to become to get up
un u takova u ktheva u hapa u mora u bra u ngrita
ti u takove u ktheve u hape u more u bre u ngrite
ai, ajo u takua u kthye u hap u mor u b u ngrit
ne u takuam u kthyem u hapm u morm u bm u ngritm
ju u takuat u kthyet u hapt u mort u bt u ngritt
ata, ato u takuan u kthyen u hapn u morn u bn u ngritn
322 Appendix 10
jepem, u dhash, dhn to devote oneself
kujt/ohem, u -ova, -uar to remember
knaq/em, u -a, -ur to enjoy something, be pleased with
krihem, u kreha, krehur to comb ones hair
kth/ehem, u -eva, -yer to return, come back
kujdes/em, u -a, -ur to care, take care of
lag/em, u -a, -ur to get wet
la/hem, u -va, -r to get washed
lajmr/ohem, u -ova, -uar to be announced, be informed
larg/ohem, u -ova, -uar to move away, leave
lind/em, u -a, -ur to be born
lodh/em, u -a, -ur to get tired
lut/em, u -a, -ur to beg, pray
merrem, u mora, marr to get involved, occupy oneself, deal with
mart/ohem, u -ova, -uar to get married
mend/ohem, u -ova, -uar to think (about)
mrzit/em, u -a, -ur to get bored
ms/ohem, u -ova, -uar to get used to
ndihem, u ndjeva, ndier to feel
ndodh/em, u -a, -ur to be situated
ngri/hem, u -ta, -tur to get up
ngjit/em, u -a, -ur to ascend, climb
nis/em, u -a, -ur to depart, set out
njihem, u njoha, njohur to acquaint oneself with
ofend/ohem, u -ova, -uar to be offended
pag/uhem, u -ova, -uar to be paid
paraqit/em, u -a, -ur to introduce oneself, appear
pastr/ohem, u -ova, -uar to be cleaned
pend/ohem, u -ova, -uar to regret, repent
prdor/em, u -a, -ur to be used
prfaqs/ohem, u -ova, -uar to represent
prgatit/em, u -a, -ur to be prepared
prgjigj/em, u -a, -ur to answer, respond
prpiqem, u prpoqa, prpjekur to try, make an effort
prqendr/ohem, u -ova, -uar to concentrate
plagos/em, u -a, -ur to get wounded
pran/ohem, u -ova, -uar to be accepted
puth/em, u -a, -ur to kiss each other
qeth/em, u -a, -ur to get ones hair cut
qu/hem, u -ajta, -ajtur to be called
regjistr/ohem, u -ova, -uar to register
rrit/em, u -a, -ur to grow up, be increased
rruhem, u rrova, rruar to shave
smur/em, u -a, -ur to get sick
shihem, u pash, par to see each other
shqets/ohem, u -ova, -uar to worry about, be concerned
shtri/hem, u -va, -r to lie down, lie on
tak/ohem, u -ova, -uar to meet with
tall/em, u -a, -ur to make fun of, kid
Appendix 10 323
tremb/em, u -a, -ur to be frightened, be scared
thirr/em, u -a, -ur to be called out
udhh/iqem, u -oqa, -equr to be led, be guided
ul/em, u -a, -ur to sit down
vendos/em, u -a, -ur to be put, be placed
vishem, u vesha, veshur to get dressed
von/ohem, u -ova, -uar to be late
vritem, u vrava, vrar to be killed
zbul/ohem, u -ova, -uar to uncover/reveal oneself
zemr/ohem, u -ova, -uar to get angry
zgjat/em, u -a, -ur to get taller, continue, extend
zgj/idhem, u -odha, -edhur to be elected
zgj/ohem, u -ova, -uar to wake up
zihem, u zura, zn to fight, to quarrel
zhduk/em, u -a, -ur to disappear
zhvill/ohem, u -ova, -uar to be developed, take place
zhvishem, u zhvesha, zhveshur to undress, take ones clothes off
324 Appendix 10
APPENDIX 11
Answers to selected exercises
Msimi 1
Ushtrimi 1.1
1. Un. Ti. 2. Ne. 3. Ju. Un. 4. Ajo, ai. 5. Ata. 6. Ato. 7. Ata.
Ushtrimi 1.2
1. Jam. 2. Jeni, jemi. 3. Jan. 4. Jam. Je. Jam. 5. sht. 6. Jemi. 7. Jan. 8. Jan. 9. Jan. 10. sht, sht.
Ushtrimi 1.4
1. Ora sht shtat. 2. Ora sht dhjet. 3. Ora sht nnt. 4. Ora sht njmbdhjet. 5. Ora sht dymb-
dhjet. 6. Ora sht pes. 7. Ora sht tre. 8. Ora sht nj. 9. Ora sht dy. 10. Ora sht katr. 11. Ora sht
gjasht. 12. Ora sht tet.
Ushtrimi 1.6
1. (A) jeni ju Drini? Po, un jam Drini. 2. (A) jeni ju Genta? Po, un jam Genta. 3. (A) jeni ju Iliri? Po, un
jam Iliri. 4. (A) jeni ju Arbri? Po, un jam Arbri. 5. (A) jeni ju Vesa? Po, un jam Vesa. 6. (A) jeni ju Edoni?
Po, un jam Edoni. 7. (A) jeni ju Besmiri? Po, un jam Besmiri. 8. (A) jeni ju Entela? Po, un jam Entela.
9. (A) jeni ju Kaltrina? Po, un jam Kaltrina. 10. (A) jeni ju Ermali? Po, un jam Ermali.
Ushtrimi 1.7
1. (A) je ti Drini? Po, un jam Drini. 2. (A) je ti Genta? Po, un jam Genta. 3. (A) je ti Iliri? Po, un jam Iliri.
4. (A) je ti Arbri? Po, un jam Arbri. 5. (A) je ti Vesa? Po, un jam Vesa. 6. (A) je ti Edoni? Po, un jam
Edoni. 7. (A) je ti Besmiri? Po, un jam Besmiri. 8. (A) je ti Entela? Po, un jam Entela. 9. (A) je ti Kaltrina?
Po, un jam Kaltrina. 10. (A) je ti Ermali? Po, un jam Ermali.
Ushtrimi 1.8
1. (A) sht ai Drini? Jo, ai nuk sht Drini./Jo, ai ssht Drini. Ai sht Brizi. 2. (A) sht ajo Drita? Jo, ajo
nuk sht Drita./Jo, ajo ssht Drita. Ajo sht Persida. 3. (A) sht ajo Dhurata? Jo, ajo nuk sht Dhurata./
Jo, ajo ssht Dhurata. Ajo sht Manjola. 4. (A) sht ai Kastrioti? Jo, ai nuk sht Kastrioti./Jo, ai ssht
Kastrioti. Ai sht Shptimi. 5. (A) sht ai Genci? Jo, ai nuk sht Genci./Jo, ai ssht Genci./Ai sht
Mondi.
Ushtrimi 1.9
1. (A) jan ata Artani dhe Beni? Jo, ata nuk jan Artani dhe Beni. Ata jan Edi dhe Arditi. 2. (A) jan ato Qn-
dresa dhe Lirza? Jo, ato s jan Qndresa dhe Lirza. Ato jan Flaka dhe Kaltrina. 3. (A) jan ata Liridoni dhe
Trimi? Jo, ata nuk jan Liridoni dhe Trimi. Ata jan Amli dhe Kevini. 4. (A) jan ato Manjola dhe Alma? Jo,
ato sjan Manjola dhe Alma. Ato jan Dhurata dhe Andra. 5. (A) jan ato Lura dhe Jonida? Jo, ato sjan
Lura dhe Jonida. Ato jan Eni dhe Kristina.
Ushtrimi 1.10
1. Mirmngjes, iljeta! Mirmngjes ____. iljeta, sa sht ora? Ora sht dhjet. 2. Mirmngjes, Erjon!
Mirmngjes ____. Erjon, sa sht ora? Ora sht nnt. 3. Mirmngjes, Agron! Mirmngjes ____.
325
Agron, sa sht ora? Ora sht tet. 4. Mirmngjes, Gzim! Mirmngjes ____. Gzim, sa sht ora? Ora
sht dymbdhjet. 5. Mirmngjes, Jehona! Mirmngjes ___. Jehona, sa sht ora? Ora sht gjasht.
Msimi 2
Ushtrimi 2.2
1. Zonja Paola sht nga Italia. 2. Zonja Paola flet italisht. 3. Jo, zonja Paola nuk sht nga Franca. 4. Jo, Drini
nuk sht nga Italia. 5. Drini flet shqip. 6. Jo, Drini nuk sht francez. 7. Drini sht shqiptar. 8. Zonja Paola
flet italisht. 9. Drini flet shqip. 10. Po, zoti Pjer sht nga Franca.
Ushtrimi 2.3
1. Italia. 2. Italisht. 3. Franca. 4. Frngjisht. 5. Shqipria. 6. Shqip. 7. Frngjisht. 8. Shqiptar. 9. Italiane.
10. Francez.
Ushtrimi 2.4
1. Ai sht nga Shqipria; sht shqiptar. Ajo sht nga Shqipria; sht shqiptare. 2. Ai sht nga Anglia;
sht anglez. Ajo sht nga Anglia; sht angleze. 3. Ai sht nga Bullgaria; sht bullgar. Ajo sht nga
Bullgaria; sht bullgare. 4. Ai sht nga Gjermania; sht gjerman. Ajo sht nga Gjermania; sht gjer-
mane. 5. Ai sht nga Kina; sht kinez. Ajo sht nga Kina; sht kineze.
Ushtrimi 2.5
1. Ahmeti sht nga Turqia; (ai) sht turk. 2. Gzimi sht nga Shqipria; (ai) sht shqiptar. 3. Mingu sht
nga Kina; (ai) sht kinez. 4. Elena sht nga Gjermania; (ajo) sht gjermane. 5. Melita sht nga Greqia;
(ajo) sht greke.
Ushtrimi 2.9
nga . . . kombsi italisht frngjisht gjermanisht shqip
Paola Italia italiane x x
Pjer Franca francez x x
Ava Franca franceze x
Besa Shqipria Shqiptare x x
Ushtrimi 2.13
1. Drini dhe un flasim shqip. Ne jemi nga Shqipria. 2. A flisni ju greqisht? Jo, ne nuk flasim greqisht. Ne
flasim spanjisht dhe pak shqip. 3. A jan Pjeri dhe Ava nga Egjipti? Jo, nuk jan nga Egjipti. Jan nga Franca.
Mohamedi sht nga Egjipti. Nga je ti? Un jam nga Anglia. 4. Pse flisni ju shqip? Ne flasim shqip, sepse
jemi nga Shqipria! Nga jeni ju? Un jam nga Suedia dhe flas suedisht.
Msimi 3
Ushtrimi 3.2
1. Paola dhe zoti Marko jan nga Roma. Ata banojn n Rom. 2. Paola sht n Shqipri me pushime. 3. Jo,
Zoti Pjer nuk sht nga Parisi. 4. Zoti Pjer banon n Paris. 5. Zoti Pjer po mson shqip n universitet. 6. Drini
sht nga Tirana. 7. Drini/Ai nuk banon n Tiran. Ai banon n Sarand. 8. Po, zoti Pjer sht i martuar.
9. Eduardi sht 12 vje. 10. Maria sht 10 vjee.
Ushtrimi 3.3
1. Italia. Roma. Rom. 2. Franca. Paris, Parisi. Lioni. 3. Shqipria. Tirana, Tiran. Sarand. 4. Amerika. Bos-
toni, Shqipri. Kor. Kora. 5. Austria. Vjena, Vjen. Shqipri, Vlor.
326 Appendix 11
Ushtrimi 3.4
1. Banoj. 2. Banoni, banojm. 3. Banojn. 4. Banoj, banoj. 5. Banon. 6. Banojm. 7. Banojn. 8. Banojn.
9. Banojn. 10. Banon, banon.
Ushtrimi 3.5
1. Bni, msojm. 2. Bn, punon. 3. Bjn, flasin. 4. Bn. Msoj. 5. Bjn, msojn.
Ushtrimi 3. 7
Drilona po vjen nga puna. 2. Ajo po shkon n shtpi. 3. Gzimi po shkon te Sokoli. 4. Sokoli ka dy fmij.
5. Vajza e Sokolit sht 8 vjee. 6. Djali i Sokolit sht 10 vje. 7. Jo, ata nuk shkojn n universitet. 8. Po,
Drilona ka nj vajz. 9. Vajza e Drilons sht 5 vjee. 10. Po, ajo shkon n kopsht. Ajo shkon n kopsht
me biiklet. 11. N mbrmje, Drilona lexon, shikon televizor ose gatuan. 12. Gzimi lexon ose shikon tele-
vizor.
Ushtrimi 3.8
1. Vjen, Vlora, banon, punon, Tiran. 2. Vjen, Durrsi, banon, punon, Tiran, shkon, shkon, autobus, ka.
3. Kemi, banojn, punojn, lexojn, shikojn. 4. Shkon, shkoj, shkon, shkoj. 5. Bn, shkoj, shkon, shkoj.
6. Vini, vijm, sht. 7. Shkon./Shkoni, shkoj/shkojm.
Ushtrimi 3.10
1. Bjn tetdhjet e tre. 2. Bjn njqind e tridhjet e dy. 3. Bjn gjashtqind e shtatdhjet e pes. 4. Bjn
tetqind e njzet.
Ushtrimi 3.12
Sknderi, Shqipria, Vlora, Tiran, punon, Tiran, kupton, mson, kupton, msuese, punon, Sknderi, punon,
punon, fillon, mbaron, kan, shkon, djali, mson, luan.
Msimi 4
Ushtrimi 4.2
1. Alma, Doruntina dhe Adea jan mjeke. 2. Beni sht inxhinier dhe punon n fabrik. 3. Pjeri dhe Ava
jan dentist. Ata jan francez. 4. Tomi dhe Stefania jan ekonomist dhe punojn n nj bank n Bos-
ton, n Shtetet e Bashkuara. 5. Elena sht msuese n nj shkoll n Kor. Ajo punon t hnn, t martn,
t mrkurn, t enjten dhe t premten. 6. T shtunn pushon. 7. Jo, ata nuk punojn bashk. Elena punon n
Kor, kurse burri i saj, Johani, punon n Tiran. 8. Bledi dhe Bora jan kosovar. Ata punojn n teatr.
Ushtrimi 4.3
1. Ky burr sht kuzhinier. sht italian dhe punon n Kor. Kta burra jan kuzhinier. Jan italian dhe
punojn n Kor. 2. Ky burr sht artist. sht rumun dhe punon n Berat. Kta burra jan artist. Jan ru-
mun dhe punojn n Berat. 3. Ky burr sht piktor. sht portugez dhe punon n Elbasan. Kta burra jan
portugez. Jan piktor dhe punojn n Elbasan. 4. Ky burr sht muzikant. sht gjerman dhe punon n
Durrs. Kta burra jan muzikant. Jan gjerman dhe punojn n Durrs. 5. Ky burr sht shofer. sht
egjiptian dhe punon n Kor. Kta burra jan shofer. Jan egjiptian dhe punojn n Kor. 6. Kjo grua
sht sekretare. sht greke dhe punon n Vlor. Kto gra jan sekretare. Jan greke dhe punojn n Vlor.
7. Kjo grua sht kameriere. sht kineze dhe punon n Kruj. Kto gra jan kamariere. Jan kineze dhe
punojn n Kruj.
Ushtrimi 4.5
1. E hn, e shtun. 2. E enjte, e premte, e mart, e hn. 3. E mart, e mrkur, e diel. 4. E diel, e premte, e
enjte.
Appendix 11 327
Ushtrimi 4.6
1. pun bjn ata? Jan valltar. Kur vallzojn ata? Vallzojn do fundjav. 2. pun bn ti? Jam fu-
tbollist. Kur luan futboll? Luaj futboll t dieln. 3. pun bn ajo? sht pastruese. Kur pastron ajo? Ajo
pastron do dit. 4. far profesioni ka ai? sht shkrimtar. Kur shkruan ai romane? Ai shkruan romane t
hnn dhe t mrkurn. 5. profesion ka zonja Dodona? sht msuese. Kur shpjegon ajo? Ajo shpjegon t
hnn, t martn, t mrkurn, t enjten, t premten. Ajo shpjegon nga e hna deri t premten. 6. po bn kjo
gazetare? Ajo po raporton nj aksident. Kur po raporton ajo? Tani. 7. pun bn zoti Pjer? Zoti Pjer sht
kuzhinier. Kur gatuan zoti Pjer? Zoti Pjer gatuan t shtunn dhe t dieln.
Ushtrimi 4.8
1. Agimi dhe Mira po bjn shtitje. 2. Mira ka nj fotografi. 3. Gjergji sht 48 vje. Ai punon n spital.
4. Teuta sht gazetare. Ajo sht 41 vjee. 5. Ajo punon n nj gazet. 6. Mira ka nj vlla. Ai sht student.
7. Brikena punon n fundjav. 8. Albani sht 18 vje. 9. Agimi ka dy bileta pr n kinema.
Ushtrimi 4.9
1. Bjn, bjn, gjejn, hyjn. 2. Shkoni, shkojm, shkon, shkoj. 3. Dshironi, dua, do, dua, duam, vjen.
Ushtrimi 4.11
1. Agroni sht shqiptaro- amerikan dhe jeton n Amerik. 2. Jo, nuk banon n Shqipri. 3. Babai i tij sht
shqiptar, kurse nna e tij sht amerikane. 4. Jo, n shtpi nuk flasin shqip. 5. Agroni nuk flet shqip n shtpi,
sepse nna e tij nuk flet asnj fjal shqip. 6. Agroni studion shqip n universitet. 7. Ai studion shqip do dit,
sepse gjuha shqipe sht e vshtir. 8. Jo, Agroni nuk banon n shtpi. Ai banon n konvikt. 9. Ai ka disa
shok shqiptar. 10. Ai nuk flet shqip me ata, sepse ai flet shqip me vshtirsi. 11. N mbrmje shkon n
bibliotek. 12. T shtunn shkon n kinema ose n diskotek. 13. Bledi sht vllai i tij (i Agronit). Ai sht
nxns dhe shkon n shkoll nga e hna deri t premten. 14. Bora sht motra e tij (e Agronit). 15. Po, motra
e Agronit sht e martuar. Burri i saj sht avokat. Ai jep edhe msim n universitet.
Msimi 5
Ushtrimi 5.2
1. Ku sht zogu? Zogu sht djathtas. 2. Ku sht studenti? Studenti sht n universitet. 3. Ku sht
peshku? Peshku sht n frigorifer. 4. Ku sht kolltuku? Kolltuku sht n dhom. 5. Ku sht lapsi? Lapsi
sht n tryez. 6. Ku sht shtpia? Shtpia sht afr. 7. Ku sht frigoriferi? Frigoriferi sht n kuzhin.
8. Ku sht vajza? Vajza sht n shkoll. 9. Ku sht televizori? Televizori sht n dyqan. 10. Ku sht
shkolla? Shkolla sht afr. 11. Ku sht shahu? Shahu sht mbi tryez. 12. Ku sht studentja? Studentja
sht n universitet. 13. Ku sht elsi? elsi sht mbi tryez. 14. Ku sht flamuri? Flamuri sht jasht.
15. Ku sht msuesi? Msuesi sht n shkoll. 16. Ku sht fletorja? Fletorja sht n shtpi. 17. Ku sht
karrigia? Karrigia sht n dhom. 18. Ku sht kutia? Kutia sht mbi karrige. 19. Ku sht tryeza? Tryeza
sht n oborr. 20. Ku sht luga? Luga sht mbi tryez.
Ushtrimi 5.3
1. A ka nj pirun ktu? Po, ktu ka nj pirun. Ku sht piruni? Piruni sht mbi tryez. 2. A ka nj lule ktu?
Po, ktu ka nj lule. Ku sht lulja? Lulja sht n vazo. 3. A ka nj makin ktu? Po, ktu ka nj makin.
Ku sht makina? Makina sht n garazh. 4. A ka nj fletore ktu? Po, ktu ka nj fletore. Ku sht fletorja?
Fletorja sht mbi tryez. 5. A ka nj mjek ktu? Po, ktu ka nj mjek. Ku sht mjeku? Mjeku sht n spi-
tal. 6. A ka nj kolltuk ktu? Po, ktu ka nj kolltuk. Ku sht kolltuku? Kolltuku sht n shtpi. 7. A ka nj
els ktu? Po, ktu ka nj els. Ku sht elsi? elsi sht ktu. 8. A ka nj got ktu? Po, ktu ka nj
got. Ku sht gota? Gota sht n kuzhin. 9. A ka nj pem ktu? Po, ktu ka nj pem. Ku sht pema?
Pema sht n oborr. 10. A ka nj dritare ktu? Po, ktu ka nj dritare. Ku sht dritarja? Dritarja sht atje.
328 Appendix 11
Ushtrimi 5.5
1. Dea sht nga Tirana. 2. Martini sht nga Shngjini. 3. Tirana sht nj qytet i madh dhe i bukur.
4. Shngjini sht nj qytet i vogl bregdetar. 5. Koha n dimr nuk sht e keqe. Nuk bn shum ftoht, por
bie shpesh shi. Shum rrall bie edhe bor. 6. Vera n Tiran sht e nxeht. Bn shum vap dhe rrallher
bie shi. 7. Martini thot se vjeshta sht stin e trishtuar, sepse qielli sht shpesh gri dhe nganjher ka dhe
mjegull. 8. Koha n pranver sht e ngroht dhe natyra sht e bukur. Qielli sht i kaltr; dielli ndrion.
Dita sht e gjat; nata sht e shkurtr. 9. Po, n dimr n Tiran bie shpesh shi. 10. N ver, dielli ndrion,
deti sht blu dhe qyteti sht plot jet.
Ushtrimi 5.7
1. Qyteti sht i madh dhe i bukur. 2. Rruga sht e zhurmshme. 3. Natyra sht e kndshme n pranver.
4. Pranvera sht stin e bukur. 5. Dimri sht i ftoht. 6. Dita sht e gjat. 7. Shtpia sht e qet. 8. Vjeshta
sht e bukur dhe pak e trishtuar. 9. Qielli sht i kaltr. 10. Qyteti sht i qet.
Ushtrimi 5.8
1. Fletorja e kuqe sht mbi tryez. 2. Gazeta e sotme sht ktu. 3. Djali i vogl tani shkon n shkoll.
4. Libri i bardh sht mbi tryez. 5. Tryeza sht e kuqe. 6. Kjo birr sht e ftoht, kurse ajo sht e ngroht.
7. Msimi i ri sht i leht. 8. Diskoteka e re sht e hapur, kurse diskoteka e vjetr sht e mbyllur. 9. Stu-
denti i ri nuk sht i shndetshm, ai sht shpesh i smur. 10. Lulja sht e verdh; nuk sht e gjelbr.
Ushtrimi 5.9
1. Sa vajz e bukur! 2. Sa djal i gjat! 3. Sa grua e zgjuar! 4. Sa ushtrim i leht! 5. Sa makin e shtrenjt!
6. Sa shtpi e vjetr! 7. Sa dimr i ftoht! 8. Sa ver e nxeht! 9. Sa libr i vshtir! 10. Sa qytet i vjetr!
Ushtrimi 5.10
1. Xhimi sht nga Shtetet e Bashkuara dhe tani sht n Sarand. 2. sht muaji gusht. sht ver. 3. Data
sht 15 gusht 2012. 4. Xhimi sht me pushime n Sarand. Ai sht n hotel Cosmopole. 5. Koha sht e
mir. N mngjes, temperatura sht 20 grad. Nuk bn vap. 6. Dhoma nuk sht si dhoma e tij n Uashing-
ton. Dhoma ka pamje nga deti. 7. N ballkon ka dy karrige, nj tryez dhe nj adr. 8. N dhom ka frigorifer
dhe televizor. 9. Jo, Xhimi shikon vetm kanale shqiptare sepse do t msoj shqip mir. 10. Ai blen do dit
dy gazeta. 11. Ai ka dy shok. Ata punojn n Sarand n ver. Valdeti punon si kamerier n nj hotel afr,
kurse Tofiku sht murator. Valdeti sht nga Tirana dhe Tofiku sht nga Prishtina (nga Kosova). 10. Tani
n Sarand ka kryesisht turist nga Ballkani, por jo nga Evropa Perndimore.
Msimi 6
Ushtrimi 6.2
1. Po, Pamela sht nga Uashingtoni. 2. Babai i saj sht dentist dhe punon n nj klinik dentare. 3. Nna
e saj sht pedagoge. Punon n universitet. Jep letrsi. 4. Pamela ka nj motr dhe nj vlla. Ata shkojn n
shkoll. 5. Pamela studion n universitet. Ajo studion pr matematik. 6. Kt semestr ajo ka katr lnd.
7. Pamela studion shqip, sepse babai i saj sht shqiptar. 8. Po, ajo ka burs nga universiteti. 9. T shtunn
n mngjes noton n pishin ose vrapon. Pastaj studion pak. N mbrmje shkon n diskotek ose n kinema.
10. T dieln shkon n bibliotek.
Msimi 7
Ushtrimi 7.2
1. Klasa ka 15 student. 2. Po, studentt jan fillestar. 3. Studentt msojn shqip pr shum arsye. Disa stu-
dent po msojn shqip, sepse jetojn n Shqipri. Disa po msojn shqip sepse jan studiues dhe po bjn
krkime n Shqipri. N klas ka edhe dy prkthyes. Ata flasin disa gjuh dhe tani po msojn edhe shqip.
Appendix 11 329
4. Studiuesit bjn krkime. 5. Studentt flasin shqip, lexojn tekste, bjn ushtrime dhe shpesh shohin n
televizor emisione kulturore. 6. Jo shum. 7. Po, ata shohin filma n klas. 8. Po, ata bjn diskutime pr
filmat q shohin. 9. Po, ata japin mendime pr tekstet q lexojn n klas. 10. Klasa duket shum interesante
dhe informuese.
Ushtrimi 7.3
gabim, gabimi, gabime, gabimet; prkthyes, prkthyesi, prkthyes, prkthyesit; ushtrim, ushtrimi, ushtrime,
ushtrimet; televizor, televizori, televizor, televizort; film, filmi, filma, filmat; studiues, studiuesi, studiues,
studiuesit; krkim, krkimi, krkime, krkimet; mendim, mendimi, mendime, mendimet.
Ushtrimi 7.4
1. Kta kngtar jan nga Turqia. 2. Un njoh disa kuzhinier n hotel. 3. Ata msojn disa msime do dit.
4. Ne lexojm disa libra. 5. Un njoh disa djem. 6. Ne shohim disa filma n mbrmje. 7. Universitetet jan n
kryeqytete. 8. Takimet mbarojn n orn katr. 9. Kuzhiniert po gatuajn dark. 10. Msuesit po shikojn
disa emisione n televizor.
Ushtrimi 7.5
1. Zakonisht bj disa gabime kur shkruaj. 2. Prkthyesit po prkthejn disa libra 3. Kta burra po shohin disa
filma. 4. Ku jan vllezrit? 5. Ushtrimet jan n fletore. 6. Tani po lexojm disa tekste. 7. Ku jan gjyshrit
dhe baballart? 8. Un njoh disa studiues gjerman. 9. Nxnsit jan n klas. 10. Msuesit po shpjegojn
disa ushtrime.
Ushtrimi 7.7
1. Po sheh lajmet n televizor. 2. Lajmet po japin nj kronik pr nj olimpiad ballkanike. 3. sht nj olim-
piad ballkanike n matematik. 4. Po, ka dhe nj ekip me nxns shqiptar. 5. Rezultatet e tyre jan shum
t mira. (Ata po arrijn rezultate shum t mira.) 6. Msuesit e tyre thon se kta djem t rinj dhe vajza t reja
jan krenaria jon. 7. Vet nxnsit thon se n olimpiad ka shum vajza t talentuara dhe djem t talentuar,
prandaj konkurrenca sht shum e fort. 8. Nxnsit studiojn disa or n dit, sepse ushtrimet jan shum t
vshtira. 9. Po, ata jan shum t gzuar q kan rezultate t larta. 10. Po, ekipet shqiptare jan t suksesshme
n aktivitete t rndsishme ballkanike dhe botrore.
Ushtrimi 7.8
1. Nxnsit jan t mir. 2. Rezultatet jan t larta. 3. Ekipet shqiptare jan t suksesshme. 4. Kto vajza
t gzuara po flasin n telefon. 5. Kto aktivitete jan t rndsishme. 6. Studentt jan shum t gzuar.
7. Djemt e rinj nuk jan n shtpi. 8. Kto vajza t reja po diskutojn. 9. Msueset jan t knaqura me
nxnsit. 10. Msuesit jan t knaqur me nxnsit.
Ushtrimi 7.9
1. Qytetet jan t mdha dhe t bukura. 2. Djemt jan t mdhenj. 3. Ditt jan t kndshme n pranver.
4. Nett jan t ngrohta. 5. Ushtrimet jan t gjata. 6. Shtpit jan t qeta. 7. Msimet jan t vshtira. 8. Stu-
dentet jan t talentuara. 9. Nxnsit jan t mir. 10. Librat jan t bukur.
Ushtrimi 7.10
1. Djali i vogl tani shkon n shkoll. Djemt e vegjl tani shkojn n shkoll. 2. Fletorja e kuqe sht mbi
tryez. Fletoret e kuqe jan mbi tryez. 3. Lulja sht e verdh; nuk sht e gjelbr. Lulet jan t verdha, nuk
jan t gjelbra. 4. Libri i bardh sht mbi tryez. Librat e bardh jan mbi tryez. 5. A sht i shtrenjt apo
i lir ai fjalor? A jan t shtrenjt apo t lir ata fjalor? 6. Kjo birr sht e ftoht, kurse ajo sht e ngroht.
Kto birra jan t ftohta, kurse ato jan t ngrohta. 7. Kjo valixhe sht e leht, ndrsa ajo atje sht e rnd.
Kto valixhe jan t lehta, ndrsa ato atje jan t rnda. 8. Msimi i ri sht i leht. Msimet e reja jan t
lehta. 9. Ky dyqan sht i hapur, kurse ai atje sht i mbyllur. Kto dyqane jan t hapura, kurse ato atje jan
330 Appendix 11
t mbyllura. 10. Kjo revist sht shum e shtrenjt. Kjo revist, nga ana tjetr, sht e lir. Kto revista jan
shum t shtrenjta. Kto revista, nga ana tjetr, jan t lira.
Ushtrimi 7.12
1. Tirana sht nj qytet i madh dhe i bukur. 2. N Tiran ka shum ndrtesa t reja dhe t vjetra. 3. Ndrtesat
e reja jan t larta dhe moderne. 4. Ndrtesat e vjetra jan kryesisht t ulta dhe me ngjyra t forta. 5. N ditt
e sotme, Tirana sht nj qytet plot me hotele, restorante, bare dhe kafene. 6. N shesh ndodhen Muzeu His-
torik Kombtar, Pallati i Kulturs, Hotel Tirana, Xhamia e Ethem Beut, Kulla e Sahatit. 7. Kulla e Sahatit
sht 35 metra e lart. 8. Po, kulla sht e hapur pr turistt. 9. Qendra t rndsishme kulturore jan Teatri i
Opers dhe i Baletit, Teatri Kombtar, Galeria e Arteve etj. 10. Klima n Tiran sht e mir. Temperaturat
n dimr nuk jan shum t ulta. Kurse n ver jan t larta.
Ushtrimi 7.13
Tirana sht nj qytet i madh dhe i bukur. N Tiran ka shum ndrtesa t reja dhe t vjetra. Ndrtesat e reja
jan t larta dhe moderne, kurse ndrtesat e vjetra jan kryesisht t ulta dhe me ngjyra t forta. N ditt e
sotme, Tirana sht nj qytet plot me hotele, restorante, bare dhe kafene. Tirana ka n qendr nj shesh t
madh dhe t bukur. Ky sht sheshi Sknderbej. Atje ndodhen Muzeu Historik Kombtar, Pallati i Kulturs,
Hotel Tirana, Xhamia e Ethem Beut, Kulla e Sahatit. Kulla e Sahatit sht 35 metra e lart. Kulla sht
e hapur pr turistt. Nga kjo kull turistt shohin pamje shum t bukura. Muzeu Historik Kombtar sht
nj muze shum i rndsishm dhe me shum objekte historike. N Tiran ka disa kisha dhe xhami. Teatri i
Opers dhe i Baletit, Teatri Kombtar, Galeria e Arteve etj., jan qendra t rndsishme kulturore. N Tiran
ka universitete publike dhe private. Tirana ka klim t mir. Dimri sht i shkurtr dhe i but. Temperaturat
n dimr nuk jan shum t ulta. Kurse vera sht e nxeht dhe me temperatura t larta.
Msimi 8
Ushtrimi 8.2
1. Bojkeni sht n zyr. 2. Eanda sht n shtpi. 3. Eanda ka nevoj pr disa gjra. 4. Eanda po prgatit
nj byrek dhe nj mblsir me mjalt dhe arra. 5. Bojkeni shkon n dyqan. 6. Eanda do dy kilogram miell.
7. Bojkeni blen n dyqan dy kilogram sheqer. 8. Po, ai blen dy pako kafe dhe nj kuti kakao. 9. Po, ai blen
2 litra vaj ulliri. 10. Po, ata kan disa kuti me aj n shtpi.
Ushtrimi 8.3
1. Kush po hap dritaret? Un po hap dritaret. 2. far po prgatitni ju? Ne po prgatisim nj mblsir. Po
ata, far po prgatisin? 3. Ku po shtitni ju? Ne po shtisim n qytet. 4. Kush po mbyll dyert? Djali po mbyll
dyert. 5. far po matni ju? Ne po masim nj shtpi. 6. N far ore dalin ata nga zyra? Ata dalin n orn
17:00. Po ju, kur dilni? Ne dalim pr nj or. 7. Ti po merr nj shoqe n telefon. 8. Un po marr nj kilogram
arra n dyqan. 9. Ju po dilni nga shtpia dhe po shkoni n zyr. 10. Kush po merr n telefon? Nj shok po
merr n telefon.
Ushtrimi 8.4
1. Gjyshi sht m i smur se gjyshja. 2. Kjo zyr sht m e madhe se dhoma ime. 3. Kjo fotografi sht m
e bukur se ajo. 4. Gzimi sht m i gjat se vllai i tij. 5. Kjo kafe sht m e keqe se ajo. 6. Ky msim sht
m i leht se ai. 7. Dona dhe Besa jan m t zna se Sokoli. 8. Artani sht djali m i lumtur nga t gjith.
9. Shtpia ime sht m e re se shtpia jote. 10. Kto valixhe jan m t rnda se ato.
Ushtrimi 8.6
1. Ana do t blej dy kilogram domate. 2. Domatet jan shum t mira. 3. Po, n dyqan ka speca t kuq.
4. Ana blen edhe nj kilogram qep t bardha dhe dy kilogram tranguj. 5. Bizelet jan shum t freskta.
6. Po, Ana blen dy kilogram qershi, nj shalqi dhe dy pjepra t vegjl. 7. Qershit jan shum t mbla.
Appendix 11 331
8. Jo, kajsi nuk ka. 9. Dardhat jan pak t forta, por jan shum t shijshme. 10. Po, Ana blen nj kilogram
moll t kuqe.
Ushtrimi 8.7
1. Ato po shkojn q t blejn fruta. 2. Ti duhet t flassh me shokt q t vijn sonte n koncert. 3. Ne po
presim q t takojm msueset dhe t bisedojm pr detyrat. 4. Ti duhet t shkosh n disa dyqane, derisa t
gjesh at q dshiron. 5. sht mir t flasim bashk pr kto probleme. 6. sht e nevojshme q t dgjoni
edhe studentt, para se t jepni rezultatet. 7. Ti duhet t dalsh nga zyra, sepse ktu ne nuk mund t bise-
dojm. 8. Kur t vij nna, po vij dhe un. 9. Flasim kur ju t shkoni atje. 10. Po fillojn t dalin shum prob-
leme.
Ushtrimi 8.9
1. Pr njerzit sht shum e rndsishme nj diet e shndetshme dhe e rregullt. 2. Njerzit duhet t ken do
dit n tryez frutat, perimet e freskta dhe drithrat. 3. Njerzit e shndetshm duhet t konsumojn katr
deri n gjasht gota uj n dit. 4. Nj diet e mir duhet t ket vitamina dhe kripra minerale q jan shum
t nevojshme. 5. Mjekt, n dimr, kshillojn t prdorim sa m shum perime dhe fruta t freskta q kan
vitamina A dhe C. 6. Mandarina, kivi, spinaqi, kungulli dhe karota kan vitamina A dhe C. 7. Vitamin E
kan gruri, bajamet, arrat, patatet dhe lajthit. 8. N ver sht mir t konsumojm shum perime dhe fruta,
sepse kan uj. 9. N situata stresi mjekt kshillojn nj diet me buk, makarona, oriz, sallat jeshile, qep,
djath, kos, vez dhe qumsht. 9. N kto situata sht mir t mos prdorim kafe, aj, kakao apo okollata.
10. Po, alkooli sht shum i dmshm.
Msimi 9
Ushtrimi 9.2
1. Arturi banon n Tiran. 2. Ai po flet me agjencin imobiliare Tirana. 3. Agjencia imobiliare Tirana.
4. Arturi po krkon nj apartament me dy dhoma dhe nj kuzhin. 5. Po, agjencia ofron vetm nj aparta-
ment n rrugn Mine Peza. 6. Apartamenti sht i pamobiluar. 7. mimi sht rreth 25 000 lek. 8. Po,
Arturi sht shum i interesuar pr kt apartament. 9. Ai do t shoh apartamentin. 10. Ai shkon n agjenci
n orn dhjet.
Ushtrimi 9.3
1. Kush sht kjo? Kjo sht Drita. bn ajo? Ajo po takon nj vajz. far ka vajza? Vajza ka nj mace.
2. Kush jan ata? Ata jan Erdriti, Vera, Beni dhe Igli. far bjn ata? Ata po bisedojn. Pr far po bise-
dojn ata? Ata po bisedojn pr nj raport ekonomik. 3. Kush sht ajo? Ajo sht Moza. far po bn Moza?
Moza po luan golf. Me k po luan Moza? Moza po luan vetm. 4. Kush sht kjo? Kjo sht Sara. far po
bn Sara? Sara po flet n telefon. Me k po flet n telefon Sara? Sara po flet n telefon me Rean. 5. Kush
sht ky? Ky sht Agimi. far bn Agimi? Agimi mson shqip. Ku mson shqip Agimi? Agimi mson
shqip n shkoll.
Ushtrimi 9.4
1. K, Drinin. 2. Kush, kjo, kjo, ajo, Erjonin, Albanin, Besartin. 3. far, msuesit, kto. 4. K, kta, kta,
nj sportist. 5. Ciln, Enteln, studente.
Ushtrimi 9.7
1. Klara po bisedon me recepsionisten. 2. Klara telefonon sepse do t bj nj rezervim. 3. Rezervimi sht
pr datat 10 15 tetor. 4. Klara rezervon dy dhoma. 5. Klara preferon (paraplqen) katin e tet dhe katin e
dhjet. 6. mimi prfshin qndrimin n hotel dhe mngjesin. 6. Po, hoteli ka nj restorant shum t mir.
8. Klara mund t paguaj me kart. 9. Klara krkon taksi pr datn 10 tetor. 10. Recepsionistja thot se duhet
t din orn e sakt kur vjen avioni, si dhe linjn ajrore.
332 Appendix 11
Ushtrimi 9.8
1. Do t shkoni, do t shkojm, do t ham. 2. T pini, kemi, t pim. 3. Ha, ha. 4. Flini, flem, flen. 5. Flisni,
ham, flasim.
Ushtrimi 9.9
1. Un banoj n katin e par. 2. Dhoma sht n katin e tret. 3. Po flas me msuesen e re. 4. Po dgjoj
msimin e ri. 5. Hoteli sht i madh dhe i bukur. 6. Qndrimi n hotel nuk sht i gjat. 7. Po shikojm dri-
taren e hapur. 8. mimet jan t larta. 9. Ky sht hoteli im i preferuar. 10. Dhomat jan shum t mira.
Msimi 10
Ushtrimi 10.2
1. N Republikn e Shqipris ka disa festa zyrtare. 2. Festat fetare jan: Pashkt Katolike, Pashkt Or-
todokse, Dita e Novruzit, Bajrami i Madh, Bajrami i Vogl dhe Krishtlindjet. 3. Dita e Novruzit ose Dita
e Sulltan Novruzit, sht festa e bektashinjve. 4. Bektashizmi sht nj sekt fetar islamik. 5. Dita e Vers
sht nj fest pagane. 6. Ajo simbolizon largimin e dimrit dhe ardhjen e pranvers. 7. Dita e Vers sht
fest tradicionale n qytetin e Elbasanit. 8. Dita e Pavarsis sht m 28 Nntor. 9. Dita e lirimit sht m
29 Nntor. 10. Dita e Puntorve sht m 1 Maj. 11. Emri i vrtet i Nn Terezs sht Gonxhe Bojaxhi.
12. Pes Maji sht Dita e Dshmorve. 13. Shtat Marsi sht Dita e Msuesit. 14. Dita Ndrkombtare e
Fmijve sht m 1 Qershor. 15. sht Dita e Lumturimit t Nn Terezs.
Ushtrimi 10.4
1. Fletorja e vajzs sht mbi karrige./Fletoret e vajzave jan mbi karrige. 2. Libri i djalit sht mbi televi-
zor./Librat e djemve jan mbi televizor. 3. Ky sht lapsi i studentit./Kta jan lapsat e studentve. 4. Po
lexoj librin e shkrimtarit shqiptar./Po lexoj librat e shkrimtarve shqiptar. 5. Ai po shikon djalin e motrs./
Ai po shikon djemt e motrave. 6. Shikoj nga dritarja vajzn e shoqes./Shikoj nga dritarja vajzat e shoqeve.
7. Biikleta e nns sht blu./Biikletat e nnave jan blu. 8. Kjo sht dhoma e hotelit./Kto jan dhomat
e hoteleve. 9. Krkoj fjalorin e anglishtes./Krkoj fjalort e anglishtes./10. Po takoj baban e djalit./Po takoj
baballart e djemve.
Ushtrimi 10.6
1. N Tiran ka shum aktivitete kulturore. 2. N Teatrin e Opers dhe t Baletit ka nj shfaqje shum t
bukur. 3. Koncerti fillon n orn 20:00. 4. Po, n Akademin e Arteve t Bukura ka nj koncert recital.
5. sht koncerti i nj pianisteje shqiptare. 6. N Pallatin e Kongreseve fillon Festivali i Kngs n Radio-
Televizion. 7. Po, ka bileta pr n festival. 8. Trupa e Teatrit Kombtar shfaq nj shfaqje t re. 9. sht e nj
dramaturgu rumun. 10. Punimet jan t piktorve shkodran: Kol Idromeno dhe Zef Kolombi.
Ushtrimi 10.7
1. Kjo sht klasa e nxnses. Kto jan klasat e nxnseve. Un shikoj klasn e nxnses. Un shikoj klasat
e nxnseve. 2. Kjo sht galeria e artit. Kto jan galerit e arteve. Un shikoj galerin e artit. Un shikoj ga-
lerit e arteve. 3. Kjo sht vajza e shoqes. Kto jan vajzat e shoqeve. Un shikoj vajzn e shoqes. Un shikoj
vajzat e shoqeve. 4. Ky sht fjalori i nj studenti. Kta jan fjalort e disa studentve. Un shikoj fjalorin
e nj studenti. Kta jan fjalort e disa studentve. 5. Kjo sht lulja e parkut. Kto jan lulet e parqeve. Un
shikoj lulen e parkut. Un shikoj lulet e parqeve.
Ushtrimi 10.8
1. Fletorja e vajzs sht mbi tryez. 2. Koncerti i pianistes sht i bukur. 3. Shpjegimi i msueses sht i
mir. 4. Po takoj shoqen e klass. 5. Aktoret e teatrit luajn bukur. 6. Ai po bisedon me pianisten e re. 7. Po
dgjoj kngn e nj kompozitoreje shqiptare. 8. Takimi i studenteve sht i rndsishm. 9. A sht kjo
adresa e ksaj mjekeje? 10. Ne po flasim me msueset e shkolls.
Appendix 11 333
Msimi 11
Ushtrimi 11.2
1. Jeta po bisedon me Mimozn. 2. Jeta do t shkoj n dyqan. 3. Mimoza pyet se mund t shkoj edhe ajo
me Jetn dhe Krenarin. 4. Mimoza ngrihet menjher nga krevati sepse do t bhet gati. 5. Jeta po hekuros
rrobat. 6. Mimoza do t lahet dhe do t krihet. 7. Jeta merr Norn n telefon. 8. Nora martohet muajin tjetr.
9. Jeta do t blej nj fund dhe nj bluz. Mimoza do t blej nj kostum t zi. 10. Vajzat shqetsohen sepse
Nora nuk prgjigjet n telefon.
Ushtrimi 11.3
1 N or zgjohesh do dit? Zgjohem n orn 7, por nuk ngrihem deri n orn 7:15. bn pasi ngrihesh?
Rruhem, lahem, laj dhmbt dhe vishem. Ha mngjes shum shpejt dhe nisem pr pun. 2. N or zgjohet
Artani do dit? Zgjohet n orn 7, por nuk ngrihet deri n orn 7:15. bn pasi ngrihet? Rruhet, lahet, lan
dhmbt dhe vishet. Ha mngjes shum shpejt dhe niset pr n pun. 3. N or zgjoheni do dit? Zgjo-
hemi n orn 7, por nuk ngrihemi deri n orn 7:15. bni pasi ngriheni? Rruhemi, lahemi, lajm dhmbt
dhe vishemi. Ham mngjes shum shpejt dhe nisemi pr n pun. 4. N or zgjohen Sokoli dhe Artani
do dit? Zgjohen n orn 7, por nuk ngrihen deri n orn 7:15. bjn pasi ngrihen? Rruhen, lahen, lajn
dhmbt dhe vishen. Han mngjes shum shpejt dhe nisem pr n pun. 5. po bn djali? Po vishet. Do t
luaj pak. 6. po bjn djemt? Po vishen. Duan t luajn pak. 7. bn ti n fillim: rruhesh apo krihesh?
Zakonisht rruhem kur bj dush. Pastaj krihem. 8. Zonja dhe zotrinj! Po afrohemi n qytetin e Sarands dhe
do t lodhemi atje pr 20 minuta, para se vazhdojm udhtimin pr n qytetin e Vlors. 9. do t bhet v-
llai yt? Do t bhet ekonomist.
Ushtrimi 11.5
1. Mimoza dhe Jeta shkojn n dyqan. 2. Ato provojn rrobat. 3. Jeta provon n fillim fundin. 4. Fundi i rri
shum bukur, kurse bluza i rri e vogl. 5. Mimozs i rri shum mir kostumi. 6. N vitrin ka nj pal kpuc.
7. Jo, n dyqan nuk ka bluza t bardha. 8. Jeta do t shkoj n restorant, sepse i hahet. 9. Mimoza do t blej
izme. 10. Ato i telefonojn Nors.
Ushtrimi 11.6
1. Vajza m thot mua dika t rndsishme. 2. Shitsja i tregon asaj nj fund t bukur. 3. Ty t duket ky
dyqan i bukur. 4. Neve na plqejn gjrat e reja. 5. Juve ju vjen keq pr Dritanin. 6. Atij i rrin shum bukur
rrobat. 7. Po u shpjegoj atyre problemin. 8. Vajza po i thot atij dika t rndsishme. 9. Shitsja ju tregon
juve nj libr t ri. 10. Neve na duket ky dyqan pak i shtrenjt. 11. Mua nuk m plqejn gjrat e vjetra.
12. Asaj i vjen keq pr nnn. 13. Ty t shkon shum ajo kmish. Po mua, si m rrin kto pantallona?
14. Atyre u dhemb koka. Po ty, far t dhemb?
Ushtrimi 11.7
1. Andi i shkruan nj kartolin Vilms. 2. Djali u drgon miqve disa libra. 3. Po u japim msime studentve.
4. Ne po u flasim shqiptarve. 5. Djemve u plqen sporti. 6. Djalit i plqen basketbolli. 7. Vajzs i plqen ba-
leti. 8. Vajzave u plqejn gjuht e huaja. 9. Ktyre studentve u duket i vshtir msimi. 10. Ksaj msueseje
i duket i leht msimi. 11. Babait i dhemb koka, kurse nns i dhembin kmbt. 12. Kjo bluz i shkon shum
Bess. 13. po i thot nna Sokolit? 14. Artani po i blen Entels nj CD me muzik shqiptare. 15. Juve ju
duket se po bie shi? 16. Prindrve u vjen mir kur un marr nota t mira n shkoll. 17. Msuesja po i shpje-
gon atij studenti gramatikn. 18. Polici po i tregon asaj gruaje adresn q po krkon. 19. Gjyshit nuk i plqen
shahu. Po gjyshes? 20. Ajo po u shkruan disa shoqeve nj kartolin.
Ushtrimi 11.9
1. N Tiran ka disa qendra tregtare, ku banort e kryeqytetit kan mundsin t blejn ushqime, veshje, pa-
jisje elektronike etj. 2. Po, n kto qendra tregtare ka dyqane me mallra t firmave t njohura t huaja dhe
334 Appendix 11
shqiptare. 3. Po, dyqanet e veshjeve numrojn me mijra klient. 4. Dyqanet ofrojn veshje t prditshme,
veshje sportive dhe veshje elegante. 5. Po, ka dyqan t veanta pr veshjet e brendshme, rrobat e banjs,
getat e orapet. 6. Po, dyqanet pr fmij trheqin shum klient. 7. Po, prindrit mund t plotsojn nevojat
dhe dshirat e fmijve me produkte t larmishme, me cilsi t lart. 8. mime jan konkurruese. 9. Po, n
kto qendra kryejn aktivitetin e tyre dhe banka, kompani celulare, agjenci turistike etj.
Msimi 12
Ushtrimi 12.2
1. Martini me Ulpjann po bisedojn pr Prishtinn. 2. Martini sht i interesuar pr Prishtinn sepse di pak
pr t. 3. Prishtina sht qytet shum i vjetr. 4. Prishtina sht nj qytet modern. Tani ka shum ndrtesa t
reja dhe t larta. sht qytet me shum gjallri, sepse sht qendr shum e rndsishme administrative, kul-
turore dhe universitare. 5. Grmia sht nj vend shum i bukur me pyje, ku prishtinasit kalojn kohn e lir.
Atje ka nj liqen dhe restorante t ndryshme. 6. Muzeu i Kosovs ndodhet n nj ndrtes t vjetr. 7. Galeria
e Arteve sht shum e mir. 8. Ajo organizon do vit ekspozita kombtare dhe ndrkombtare, publikime,
katalog etj. 9. Po, n Prishtin ka 21 monumente q mbrohen nga shteti. 10. Disa nga kto objekte jan:
Sahat kulla, Shadrvani, Hamami i Madh etj. 11. Prishtina ka klim kontinentale. 12. N dimr bn ftoht.
Shpesh bie bor dhe temperaturat shkojn deri n minus zero grad Celsius.
Ushtrimi 12.3
1. Prizreni sht nj qytet i lasht me vlera t shumta historike, kulturore dhe arkitekturore. 2. T dhnat arke-
ologjike dshmojn se Prizreni sht nj nga qytetet m t vjetra n Evropn Juglindore. 3. Prizreni sht i
prmendur n shum burime historike si n dokumente me karakter ekonomik ose politik dhe n kronika,
apo vepra fetare dhe shkencore. 4. N periudha t ndryshme historike, Prizreni del me emra t ndryshm: n
dokumentet latine emrin Prisrien, Prisrenum etj. 5. N dokumentet osmane Prizreni del me emrat Tarzerin,
Perserin etj. 6. Po, n Prizren ka monumente nga periudha romake. 7. Ato jan terma dhe mure nga periudha
romake (tek Sahat Kulla), si dhe mozaik.
Ushtrimi 12.4
Please see Leximi 12.1.
Msimi 13
Ushtrimi 13.2
1. Drini bisedon me Brizin. 2. Brizi ishte me disa miq t huaj n nj udhtim npr Shqipri. 3. N fillim vi-
zituan Durrsin. 4. N Durrs vizituan amfiteatrin dhe muzeun arkeologjik. 5. N Kruj blen shum suvenire,
veshje tradicionale, qilima etj. Atje bn dhe shum fotografi. 6. N Shkodr qndruan vetm nj nat. 7. Po,
shkuan n Jug. 8. N Berat, u lan mbresa t forta shtpit n kala dhe Muzeu Kombtar Onufri. 9. Po, plazh
bn n Potam, Ksamil dhe Sarand. 10. Po, Butrinti ishte pjes e rndsishme e ktij udhtimi. Atje pan
qytetin antik, kurse n mbrmje ndoqn nj shfaqje teatrale n Teatrin e Butrintit.
Ushtrimi 13.3
1. Ata shkuan n plazh. 2. Studentt lexuan librat e rinj. 3. Atyre u plqeu shum udhtimi. 4. Ne pam vende
shum t bukura. 5. Turistt udhtuan npr Shqipri. 6. N pazar ajo bleu disa suvenire. 7. N autobus kn-
duam shum kng. 8. Ju that se sot sht pushim. 9. Djali vuri antn mbi bank. 10. Piva nj aj t ftoht.
11. Ku shkuan ata? 12. far more nga Shqipria? 13. Nuk doln dje nga shtpia. 14. Pse nuk erdht me ne?
15. U dham disa informacione t rndsishme. 16. Sot nuk hngrm mngjes. 17. Ndenja gjith fundjavn
n shtpi. 18. Ku qe/ishe ti dje? 19. Mbylln dern e shtpis. 20. N muze pati/kishte shum turist.
Appendix 11 335
Ushtrimi 13.4
1. Ajo udhtoi npr Shqipri. 2. Ne vizituam disa vende t bukura turistike. 3. Ata nuk patn/kishin shum
informacione pr Shqiprin. 4. T plqeu Durrsi? 5. Un ndenja gjith ditn n qytet. 6. Ata bn vizita n
muze. 7. Hngrm dark ktu. 8. Ata mbetn t mahnitur nga bukuria e natyrs shqiptare. 9. Pam Kalan e
Ali Pash Tepelens. 10. Ti more informacione pr Sknderbeun. 11. Un pash disa dokumente. 12. Qn-
droi vetm nj nat.
Ushtrimi 13.6
1. Dialogu zhvillohet n librari. 2. Genti krkon t blej libra, sepse e ka porosi nga disa miq q nuk jetojn n
Shqipri q t blej libra nga shkrimtar t ndryshm shqiptar. Ata duan ti pasurojn bibliotekat e tyre me
libra n gjuhn shqipe, q fmijt e tyre ta njohin letrsin shqipe. 3. Ai interesohet pr libra nga shkrimtar
t ndryshm shqiptar. 4. Shitsi i sugjeron veprn e poetit Naim Frashri. 5. Vepra e Faik Konics sht n
katr vllime. 6. Ai interesohet pr librin Kronik n gur. 7. Po, ai blen librin Tregime t mome shqiptare.
8. Po, ai blen antologjin e poezis bashkkohore shqiptare. 9. Ai i thot shitsit se do t vij srish nesr,
nse do ti krkojn t blej libra t tjer. 10. Autori i librit Kronik n gur sht Ismail Kadare.
Ushtrimi 13.7
1. Po t pyes pr librat. 2. Ai m mori dje n telefon. 3. Si mund t t ndihmoj? 4. Ata duan ti pasurojn bib-
liotekat e tyre. 5. far m kshilloni t marr? 6. Ju kshilloj t merrni veprn e poetit Naim Frashri. 7. Ata
po m dgjojn. 8. Sa mir q e kujtuat librin Tregime t mome shqiptare. 9. Ai na pa i uditur. 10. E ta-
kova dje.
Ushtrimi 13.8
1. Po e krkoj at pr nj pun. 2. M mori mua n telefon. 3. far t pyeti ty? 4. Kjo histori na kujtoi ne pr
at nat. 5. far e keni at? 6. Ju kshillova ju t blini nj libr me poezi. 7. Nse i dgjoni ata, mos shkoni
n Durrs nesr. 8. I pash ato n shkoll.
Ushtrimi 13.9
1. d. 2. c. 3. a. 4. e. 5. b.
Ushtrimi 13.10
1. Gjergj Kastrioti Sknderbeu sht heroi kombtar i shqiptarve. 2. Ai vlersohet si prijsi m i madh n
historin e Shqipris, por edhe si sundimtar, diplomat, strateg ushtarak. 3. Marin Barleti e shkroi veprn e
tij pr Sknderbeun n vitet 1508 1510. 4. N vitin 1443 luftoi me Janosh Huniadin. Ushtria osmane humbi
luftn dhe Sknderbeu, bashk me kalors shqiptar dhe me nipin e tij Hamza Kastrioti, shkoi n Dibr, dhe
m pas n Kruj. 5. Lidhja Shqiptare e Lezhs ishte nj aleanc politike dhe ushtarake e fisnikve shqiptar.
6. Pr njzet e pes vjet me radh Sknderbeu mbrojti vendin e tij dhe Evropn Perndimore nga pushtimi
osman. 7. Sknderbeu ishte 63 vje kur vdiq, m 17 janar 1468, prandaj mendohet se ai lindi n vitin 1405.
8. Emri i tij i vrtet sht Gjergj Kastrioti.
Msimi 14
Ushtrimi 14.2
1. Dita po bisedon n telefon me Vesn. 2. Dita u zgjua nga gjumi n orn 9:00. 3. Pasi u zgjua nga gjumi,
hngri nj mngjes t mir dhe pastaj u mor me punt e shtpis. 4. Po, u lodh se pastroi gjith shtpin
5. Pasi i mbaroi gjith punt, prgatiti dhe drekn. 6. Dita u takua pasdite me dy shoqe. 7. Ajo shkoi n ki-
nema n orn 19:00. 8. Ato pan dy filma t shkurtr: nj film shqiptar dhe nj film italian. 9. Filmat ishin
filma shum t bukur. 10. Filmat u shoqruan me diskutime q ngjalln shum interes tek publiku n sall.
11. U diskutua pr mesazhet e filmave. 12. Diskutimet zgjatn gati nj or. 13. Vesa ishte n Vlor se kishte
336 Appendix 11
nj mbledhje. 14. Ajo u nis pr n Vlor hert n mngjes. 15. Vesa shkoi n Vlor, sepse kishte nj mble-
dhje n orn 10:00.
Ushtrimi 14.3
1. Ti u nise pr n shkoll. 2. Ata u knaqn shum n kinema. 3. Vajza u largua nga kinemaja n orn 21:00.
4. Fmijt u lan n det. 5. Aktiviteti u organizua shum bukur. 6. N takim u diskutua pr shum probleme.
7. Filmi u shoqrua me diskutime. 8. Djali u ngrit nga gjumi n orn 7:00. 9. Vesa u la, u kreh dhe u b gati
pr n pun. 10. Ne u mrzitm shum n shtpi.
Ushtrimi 14.5
1. Indriti po bisedon me Neritanin. 2. Pyetja e tij sht: a e more imejlin tim? 3. Jo, Neritani nuk e lexoi imej-
lin e Indritit sepse nuk pati koh. 4. Ai i ruajti materialet n kompjuter. 5. Ata u habitn sepse pan se kishte
disa libra t vjetr pr gjuhn shqipe dhe historin e Shqipris, t cilt mund t shkarkohen falas nga in-
terneti. 6. Neritani u drgon me imejl miqve librat pr gjuhn shqipe dhe historin e Shqipris. 7. Neritani
mendon se librat elektronik jan me interes pr motrn e tij, sepse ajo sht msuese dhe mund ti prdor
kto materiale pr nxnsit e saj. 8. Indriti e drgon informacionin pr librat elektronik me imejl. 9. Po, ka
dhe libra elektronik me prralla. 10. Indriti dhe Neritani do t komunikojn me imejl.
Ushtrimi 14.6
1. Djemt e mi jetojn n Tiran. 2. Shokt e tu po studiojn n universitet. 3. Msueset e tij shpjeguan
msimin. 4. Vajzat e saj po shikojn nj fotografi. 5. Motrat e mia po bhen gati pr pun. 6. Shoqet e mia po
shkruajn detyrn pa gabime. 7. Shtpit e tua jan larg q ktej. 8. Televizort e tyre jan t shtrenjt. 9. Ho-
telet e tyre jan t mdha. 10. Shoqet e tyre shkuan n shkoll.
Ushtrimi 14.7
1. Vajza ime jeton n Tiran. 2. Nna e tij sht mjeke e njohur. 3. Mikja jote do t vij tani. 4. Motra e saj
do t takohet me ne. 5. Vajzat e mia studiojn n Rom. 6. Msueset e tyre jan t shqetsuara pr msimin.
7. Studentet e tua po bjn detyrat. 8. Mjeket e tij jan shum t prgatitura. 9. Msueset e mia jan shum t
mira. 10. Shoqet e saj duan t shkojn n kinema.
Ushtrimi 14.8
1. Po takoj vajzn time. 2. Bisedoj me baban e tij. 3. Fola me shokun tnd. 4. Krkova vllan e saj.
5. Shkova n shtpin e saj. 6. Vizitova nenn tnde. 7. Po takohem me mesuesit e tyre. 8. Shoh studentt e
tu. 9. Mrzitem pr problemet e tua. 10. Gjeta librat e tij.
Msimi 15
Ushtrimi 15.2
1. Pranvera blen djath Gjirokastre. 2. Pranvera provon djathin e Gjirokastrs. 3. N dyqan ka gjalp me
pako. 4. Po, n dyqan ka gjiz. 5. Gjiza sht shum e mir. sht gjiz pa krip. 6. Po, Pranvera blen dyqind
gram salc kosi. 7. N dyqan ka salsie vendi. 8. Po, n dyqan ka suxhuk Kosove. 9. N dyqan ka mish vii,
mish qengji, mish lope, mish derri, mish deleje dhe pula. 10. Pranvera blen mish vii pa kocka. Ajo blen dhe
nj gjysm pule. 11. Po, mishi i viit sht shum i freskt. 12. Po, Pranvera blen dhe katrqind gram mish
t grir.
Ushtrimi 15.3
1. N dyqan ka mish pule. 2. Vajzat po han mish qengji. 3. Po blej salc kosi. 4. N restorant ha shpesh brinj
qengji. 5. Bleva disa lloje djathrash. 6. Ka disa lloje shtpish n projekt. 7. Ky model zyre, m plqen.
Appendix 11 337
Ushtrimi 15.4
1. far dite sht sot? 2. N far ore sht takimi? 3. far msimi kemi nesr? 4. Pr far problemi po
diskutoni? 5. N far vendi jeni?
Ushtrimi 15.5
1. Hyr/hyni! 2. Dil/dilni! 3. Mso/msoni! 4. Kalo/kaloni! 5. Ha/hani! 6. Hap/hapni! 7. Merr/merrni! 8. Shko/
shkoni! 9. Ki/kini! 10. Ji/jini!
Ushtrimi 15.7
1. Kamarieri po bisedon me klientt. 2. Klientt ulen tek tavolina afr dritares. 3. Ata duan t pin dy shishe
uj natyral dhe nj shishe uj me gaz. 4. N meny ka lloje t ndryshme supash: sup me perime, sup
peshku, sup me domate, etj. Ka dhe disa lloje sallatash: sallat me perime t skars ose t ziera: sallat
me domate, tranguj, ullinj; sallat me speca turshi; sallat mikse etj. 5. Ata marrin nj sallat me perime t
skars dhe nj sallat mikse. 6. Restoranti ka lloje t ndryshme peshku: levrek, koran, gjuhz, barbun, etj.
7. Peshku sht shum i freskt. 8. Ata porosisin dy biftek t skars, nj sallat me fruta deti, nj pjat me
karkaleca t skuqur dhe nj tav kosi. 9. N restorant ka mblsira tradicionale si bakllavaja dhe kadaifi, si
edhe krem karamel, torta t ndryshme, akullore. 10. Ata marrin nga nj mblsir t ndryshme pr secilin
prej tyre.
Ushtrimi 15.8
1. Studenti rri pran dritareve. 2. Krahas ktyre detyrave, ajo ka dhe detyra m t rndsishme. 3. Jemi shum
t shqetsuar prej ktyre informacioneve. 4. Rreth ktyre ngjarjeve ka shum diskutime. 5. Sipas ktyre
gazetareve situata sht e vshtir.
Ushtrimi 15.9
1. Krahas vajzave n takim jan dhe disa vajza/djem. 2. Ata po marrin sugjerime prej kamarieres. 3. Sipas
studentes, msimi sht shum i vshtir. 4. Po diskutojn rreth kompozitoreve shqiptare. 5. Krkojm edhe
nj gazetare, prve ktyre gazetareve q kemi.
Ushtrimi 15.10
1. Pas pranvers vjen vera. 2. Artani merr shum letra prej nns dhe motrs. 3. Banojm afr shkolls.
4. Libri i gramatiks sht mbi tryezn afr dritares. 5. Dollapi i rrobave sht n dhomn e vogl. 6. Librat
e prrallave jan mbi tryez. 7. Pran shkolls sht nj spital. 8. Mos vr revista n sirtarin e tryezs! 9. Ne
marrim letra prej prindrve. 10. Ku do t shkosh nesr? Nesr do t shkoj tek shoqja pr dark. Do t vish
edhe ti?
Msimi 16
Ushtrimi 16.2
1. Ardiani po shikon fotografi. 2. Ardiani ishte me pushime n nj kamp rinie. 3. Ai i kaloi shum mir
pushimet. 4. Po, n kamp kishte shum t rinj. 5. N mngjes zgjoheshin hert dhe pasi hanin mngjes, sh-
tisnin ose vraponin n breg t detit. 6. N plazh dilnin rreth ors 9:00 dhe rrinin deri n orn 12:00. 7. Po,
pasi hanin drek, dilnin srish n plazh. 8. Laheshin n det ose luanin me top. Kishte dhe nga ata q rrinin
gjith kohn n adr dhe lexonin ose luanin me letra. Nganjher merrnin varkat dhe shkonin q t vizitonin
gjire t vogla. 9. N mbrmje luanin pingpong, basketboll, volejboll, futboll etj. 10. adrat ishin t mdha
dhe shum komode.
Ushtrimi 16.3
1. N or zgjoheshit kur ishit me pushime? Zgjoheshim n orn 8, por nuk ngriheshim deri n orn 8.30.
bnit pasi ngriheshit? Rruheshim, laheshim, lanim dhmbt dhe visheshim. Hanim mngjes shum shpejt
338 Appendix 11
dhe niseshim pr pun. 2. N or zgjoheshin kur ishin me pushime? Zgjoheshin n orn 8, por nuk ngri-
heshin deri n orn 8:30. bnin pasi ngriheshin? Rruheshin, laheshin, lanin dhmbt dhe visheshin. Hanin
mngjes shum shpejt dhe niseshin pr n pun. 3. po bnte vajza? Po vishej. Donte t luante pak. 4. po
bnin djemt? Po visheshin. Donin t luanin pak. 5. bje n fillim: rruheshe apo kriheshe? Zakonisht
rruhesha kur bja dush. Pastaj krihesha.
Ushtrimi 16.5
1. Teuta i tregon Arianit pr udhtimin e saj n Butrint. 2. Ata u nisn nga Tirana hert n mngjes rreth ors
6:00. 3. Udhtimi ishte shum i bukur. 4. Turistt i shoqruan student t historis. 5. N Butrint ata vizituan
disa objekte dhe monumente arkeologjike q dshmojn pr lashtsin e tij. 6. Shoqruesit u treguan pr
historin e Butrintit. 7. Grupit t turistve i bri prshtypje n veanti Teatri Antik i Butrintit, i ndrtuar n
shekullin III p.e.s. 8. Tempulli i Asklepit ndodhet n perndim. 9. N fund t vizits vizituam dhe muzeun e
pasur me objekte arkeologjike. 10. Ata u lodhn n natyrn e mrekullueshme.
Ushtrimi 16.6
1. Po i flas vajzs sime. 2. Po ulem pran babait t tij. 3. Mora letr prej shokut tnd. 4. Kjo sht shoqja e
vllait t saj. 5. Erdha prej shtpis s saj. 6. Po u tregoj miqve klasn tnde. 7. Ishin larg msuesve t tyre.
8. Po u shkruaj studentve t tu. 9. Po rri larg problemeve t tua. 10. Ky sht msuesi i klass s tij.
Ushtrimi 16.7
1. Para disa ditsh ishim n Butrint. 2. Ky ishte udhtimi i fundit i programit ton turistik n Shqipri. 3. Nga
Tirana, u nism hert n mngjes rreth ors 6:00 dhe udhtuam pr disa or gjat riviers s Jonit. 4. Para
syve tan kalonin peizazhet e mrekullueshme t natyrs shqiptare. 5. N kt udhtim na shoqruan student
t historis. 6. Ata ishin shum t sjellshm dhe u prgjigjeshin me knaqsi dhe dshir t gjitha pyetjeve
tona pr vendet q shihnim. 7. N Butrint ne arritm n mesdit. 8. Shoqruesit tan na treguan n fillim pr
historin e Butrintit. 9. Gjat vizits son n Parkun e Butrintit vizituam disa objekte dhe monumente arke-
ologjike q dshmojn pr lashtsin e tij. 10. N perndim ndodhej tempulli i Asklepit, disa shtpi me oborr
etj. 11. N fund vizituam, dhe muzeun e pasur me objekte arkeologjike. 12. Pasi vizituam parkun arkeologjik
u lodhm, n natyrn e mrekullueshme. 13. Qyteti i Butrintit ndodhet n mes t gjelbrimit, buz liqenit
karakteristik dhe bukuria e natyrs na trhoqi t gjithve. 14. Kshtu kaluam nj dit shum t bukur n
Butrint. 15. Ky vend i prket trashgimis kulturore botrore dhe mbrohet nga UNESKOja.
Msimi 17
Ushtrimi 17.2
1. Ariani e merr Flladian n telefon. 2. Ajo nuk ka shkuar n pun, sepse sht smur. 3. Po, ajo sht
vizituar tek mjeku n mngjes. 4. Mjeku i tha se sht me grip. 5. Po, Flladia ka temperatur t lart. 6. Ka
rn viroz gripi, sepse jan ulur temperaturat n mnyr t menjhershme. 7. Po, Flladia ka pir aspirin dhe
aj t nxeht. 8. Mjeku i kshilloi t bj dhe banj me uj t nxeht. 9. Mjeku i dha tri dit pushim. 10. Ari-
ani i tha t shkuara dhe ti telefonoj nse ka nevoj pr ndonj gj.
Ushtrimi 17.3
1. Mora t t pyes pse nuk ke ardhur sot n pun. 2. Flladia sht smur. 3. Ajo nuk ka fjetur gjith natn.
4. Ti ke pasur dhimbje t forta koke dhe temperatur t lart. 5. Mjeku i ka thn se ajo sht me grip. 6. Ka
rn nj viroz gripi dhe shum njerz jan prekur prej saj. 7. Temperaturat jan ulur n mnyr t men-
jhershme. 8. Un kam br nj vaksin antigrip, por megjithat sht mir t ruhem. 8. Ke pir ndonj ila?
9. Mjeku m ka kshilluar t bj dhe banj me uj t ngroht.
Ushtrimi 17.4
1. Djemt kan marr disa her n telefon. 2. Kemi krkuar kartolina nga Shqipria. 3. Un u jam prgjigjur
t gjitha pyetjeve. 4. Ajo sht shtrir n shtrat. 5. Vajzat jan ulur n karrige. 6. Ti ke thn shum gjra
Appendix 11 339
interesante. 7. Un kam fjetur shum mbrm. 8. Kngtart kan knduar shum bukur. 9. Ju keni krcyer
shum bukur. 10. Qyteti ka ndryshuar n kto vite.
Ushtrimi 17.5
1. Pacientja ka shkuar te dentisti. 2. Ajo ka shkuar atje pr nj kontroll. 3. Ajo e ka ln orarin n orn 17:00.
4. Asaj i dhemb nj dhmball. 5. Asaj i dhemb dhmballa e fundit lart. 6. Ajo do t vr nj dhmb porcelani.
7. Dentisti do ti pastroj dhmbt nga gurzat. 8. Ajo i pastron dhmbt me fill dentar. 9. Mjeku i thot t
ket m shum kujdes me higjienn e gojs. 10. Nganjher i del gjak nga mishrat e dhmbve.
Ushtrimi 17.6
1. Ai duhet t ket qen me grip. 2. Mund t ket pasur shum probleme me shndetin. 3. sht mir t keni
ln nj takim me mjekun, thjesht pr nj kontroll. 4. Nuk sht e vshtir t kesh ruajtur higjienn e gojs.
5. Duhet t kesh mjekuar dhmbt.
Ushtrimi 17.7
1. Un kam ardhur pr nj kontroll. 2. Ai sht lar vet. 3. Ata e kan ln orarin n orn 17:00. 4. Ata i kan
telefonuar sekretares dhe ajo u ka thn q t shkojn n orn 15:00. 5. Ndrtesa sht mbajtur me kujdes.
6. far shqetsimesh ke pasur? 7. M ka dhembur dhmbi. 8. Asaj i ka dal dhmballa e pjekuris. 9. Duket
ti ket rn mbushja. 10. Ti ke hequr nj dhmb para disa kohsh. 11. Ne i kemi mbushur dhmbt para disa
kohsh. 12. Mjeku i ka pastruar dhmbt pacientes.
Ushtrimi 17.9
1. Kur t vish ti, do t kem ikur un. 2. Do ta ken shkaktuar ata kt dram. 3. Para se t vijn ata, un do t
kem mbaruar msimet. 4. Ajo do ta ket mbyllur me koh kt histori. 5. Do t ket dhn edhe ajo mendi-
min e saj. 6. Mbase do t kem krkuar kt gj. 7. Njerzit tregojn se nuk do t ken pasur informacione pr
aktivitetin. 8. Them se ata do t jen nisur patjetr. 9. Fakti q nuk m kan marr n telefon, tregon se nuk
do t ken pranuar. 10. T premtoj se do ti kem mbaruar punt, derisa t vish ti.
Msimi 18
For solutions to Ushtrimi 18.3, 18.4, and 18.5 please see Leximi 18.1
340 Appendix 11
VOCABULARY LIST
Adjectives are shown in their corresponding masculine and feminine singular forms. Nouns are shown in
their indefinite, definite, and plural indefinite forms. Verbs are shown in the present indicative, past indica-
tive, and past participle forms. Prepositions are shown with the corresponding case they require: + nom. =
nominative, + acc. = accusative, + abl. = ablative. Other abbreviations: adj. = adjective, adv. = adverb, dat. =
dative, fem. = feminine, gen. = genitive, masc. = masculine, pl. = plural, sing. = singular.
341
arsy/e, -ja, -e reason i,e banuar inhabited
pr kt arsye for this reason barazim, -i, -e tie, draw
i arsyesh/ m, e -me reasonable baraz/ohem, u -ova, to end in a tie
i,e art golden -uar
artiku/ ll, -lli, -j article barbu/n, -ni, -nj red mullet
artist, -i, - artist i,e bardh white
artistik, -e artistic basketboll, -i basketball
arri/ j, -ta, -tur to attain, arrive basketbollist, -i, - basketball player
as neither, not even bashk together
as . . . as neither . . . nor bashkkohor, -e contemporary
asaj to her (abl., dat., gen.) i,e bashklidhur attached
asgj nothing s bashku together
Asgj! Youre welcome! bektashi, -u, -nj Bektashi (Moslem sect)
Asklep, -i Asclepius bektashiz/ m, -mi Bektashism
asnj any, not a single, none beqar, -e single
asnjher never bes/ , -a, -a oath
ashtu thus jap besn to give an oath
ata they (masc.) mbaj besn to keep an oath
ather then, in that case bes/oj, -ova, -uar to believe, think
atij to him (abl., dat., gen.) b/ hem, u -ra, -r to become
atje there bhem gati to get ready
atmosfer/ , -a, -a atmosphere bhem von to be late
ato they (fem.) b/ j, -ra, -r I do, to do
atyre to them (abl., dat., gen.) bj detyrat to do homework
autobus, -i, - bus bj fotografi to take pictures
autoritet, -i, -e authority bj prshtypje to make an impression
avion, -i, - airplane bj plazh to take a sunbath
avokat, -i, - lawyer bj shtitje to take a walk
bn ngroht its warm (weather)
B bm/ , -a, -a deed, action
baba, -i, baballar father brt/as, -ita, -itur to shout
bajam/e, -ja, -e almond brxoll/ , -a, -a chop
Bajrami i Madh Eid ul-Fitr brxoll derri pork chop
Bajrami i Vogl Eid Mubarak brxoll vii beef steak
bakllava, -ja, - baklava bibliotek/ , -a, -a library
balet, -i, -e ballet biiklet/ , -a, -a bicycle
ballkanik, -e Balkan (adj.) bie, rash, rn to ring, fall
ballkon, -i, -e balcony bie bor to snow
ballokum/e, -ja,- e special sweet bie n sy to catch the eye
banan/e, -ia, -e banana bie shi to rain
banim, -i, -e residence, dwelling biftek, -u, - steak
banj/ , -a, -a bathroom, toilet, bath bij/ , -a, -a daughter
banj dielli sunbath bilet/ , -a, -a ticket
bj banj to take a bath bilet autobusi bus ticket
bankar, -e banking bilet avioni airplane ticket
bank/ , -a, -a bank bind/em, u -a, -ur to be convinced
banknot/ , -a, -a banknote, bill bi/ r, -ri, -j son
bankomat, -i, -e ATM machine birr/ , -a, -a beer
ban/oj, -ova, -uar to live bised/oj, -ova, -uar to talk, discuss
banor, -i, - resident, inhabitant biskot/ , -a, -a cookie
The numbers following each entry indicate the section(s) where the topic is treated.
367
irregular verbs, app. 9, 10 numbers
ka, 29 cardinal
k, 57 0 12, 3
(i/e/t) kujt, 65 13 99, 10
kush, app. 4 100 1 000, 19
ablative forms, 97 1 000 10 000, 26
accusative forms, 57 ordinal, 60
dative forms, 78 pa, 55
genitive forms, 68 particles
nominative forms, 1, 57 future, 52
ky, demonstrative, app. 2 po, 13
ablative forms, 98 subjunctive, 49
accusative forms, 56 passive constructions, 71
dative forms, 77 past tense. See tense
genitive forms, 69 personal pronouns. See pronouns
nominative forms, 21 pr, 55
linking article. See article pluperfect. See tense
me, 55 plural
mbi, 30, 55 adjectives, 20, 42 45
months of the year, 35 nouns, 20, 38, 54, 63, 67. See also case
mos, 49, 72 professions and nationalities, 20
mood po, 13
imperative. See imperative possessive adjectives, app. 3
indicative. See tense ablative forms, 103
subjunctive. See subjunctive accusative forms, 88
nationalities, 7, 20, 39 dative forms, 103
negative sentences, 5 genitive forms, 103
n, 14, 55 nominative forms, 87
nn, 30, 55 prepositions
nga, 8 afr, 96
nominative gjat, 96
feminine plural indefinite, 40 jasht, 96
feminine plural definite, 41 krahas, 96
feminine singular definite, 8, 27 kundr, 96
feminine singular indefinite, 8 larg, 96
masculine plural definite, 38 mbi, 30, 55
masculine plural indefinite, 37 me, 55
masculine singular definite, 8, 28 n, 14, 55
masculine singular indefinite, 8 nn, 30, 55
nouns nga, 8
case. See case pa, 55
countries, 7, 8 para, 96
days of the week, 22 pas, 96
feminine nouns, app. 6 pr, 55
languages, 7 prball, 96
masculine nouns, app. 5 prgjat, 96
months of the year, 35 prpara, 96
professions, 20 prve, 96
seasons of the year, 35 pran, 96